Skip to main content

Full text of "Biodiversity journal"

See other formats


23 


Biodiversity 


www.biodiversityjournal.com 


Journal 


ISSN 2039-0394 (Print Edition) 
ISSN 2039-0408 (Online Edition) 


JUNE 2016, 7 (2): 201-294 


with the support of 


bo 


FOR NATURALISTIC RESEARCH 


w o r I c 
biodiversity 
association 

o n I u s 


AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 


N 


* 

•*%* 






V * 

V 


\ 






Campanula laciniata L. - Astypalea, Dodecanese (Aegean Sea) 






BIODIVERSITY JOURNAL 
2016, 7 (2): 201-294 


Quaternly scientific journal 

edited by Edizioni Danaus, 

viaV. Di Marco 43, 90143 Palermo, Italy 

www.biodiversityjournal.com 

biodiversityjournal@gmail.com 

Official authorization no. 40 (28. 1 2.20 1 0) 

ISSN 2039-0394 (Print Edition) 

ISSN 2039-0408 (Online Edition) 



Campanula laciniata L. (Campanulaceae) - Perennial with a thick woody base. 
Stem stout, erect (10-60 cm). Basal leaves several, spathulate to oblanceolate, 
laciniate or deeply crenate, puberulent or subglabrous. Cauline ones ovate, slightly 
laciniate or dentate, sessile or subsessile. Flowers in a short, dense, cylindrical 
raceme. Calyx teeth triangular, much shorter than corolla tube. Corolla broadly 
campanulate, open, 40-50 mm wide at apex, sky-blue, often with whitish centre. 
Lobes broadly triangular. Style exserted. Campanula laciniata is an Aegean 
endemic present in the two floristic regions Kik (Cyclades) and KK (Crete and 
Karpathos). Until now its presence has been reported for Crete, Karpathos, 
Astypalea, Amorgos, Anafi, Folegandros, Sikinos and Sifnos. It's considered Rare 
(R) according to the Red Data Book of Rare and Threatened Plants of Greece 
(1995) with a restricted range. Campanula laciniata is a chasmophytic plant very 
impressive, that grows in scattered, small populations, with one to a few 
individuals, on inaccessible calcareous vertical cliffs. Calcareous cliffs, especially 
inside gorges, offer a stable and specialized habitat for chasmophytic plants. Cliff 
ravines and crevices through microclimatic conditions, have constituted suitable 
sites for survival of these species affected from unfavorable climatic changes, 
grazing pressure and competition with other species. 

Cristina Cattaneo. Via Eleonora d'Arborea 12, 00162 Roma; e-mail: 
cristina.cattaneo76@libero.it 


Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 7 (2): 203-214 


A contribution on rodents fauna of the Jaz Murian depression, 
southeast Iran 


Khajeh Asghar 1 , Darvish Jamshid 2 & Razmi Gholam Reza 3 


'Department of Biology, Faculty of Science, Ferdowsi University of Mashahd, Mashhad, Iran 
2 Applied Zoology Institute, Rodentology Research Department, Ferdowsi University of Mashahd, Mashhad, Iran 
’Department of Pathobiology, Faculty of Veterinary, Ferdowsi University of Mashhad, Mashhad, Iran 
* Corresponding author, e-mail: darvishj2001@yahoo.com 


ABSTRACT The Jaz Murian depression in the southeast of Iran bounded by deserts and mountains is a 

special corridor for penetration of Arabian and Indian fauna. The region demonstrates harsh 
desert climate. This study was designed to reveal rodent diversity of the region in the light of 
geographic features. Totally, 127 specimens belonging to 5 families and 14 genera and 15 
species were captured using live-traps and hand-net. As a result, the depression enjoys Oriental 
and Ethiopian elements (Acomys dimidiatus Cretzschemar, 1826, Gerbillus nanus Blanford, 
1875 and Meriones libycus Lichtenstein, 1823) which could pass Arabian deserts penetrating 
Iran from northern shores of Persian Gulf. Also, the region is a penetration route for Oriental 
species such as Tatera indica Hardwicke, 1807, Golunda ellioti Gray, 1837, Meriones 
hurrianae (Jerdon, 1867) and Mus musculus Linnaeus, 1758. The Jaz Murian depression is 
considered as the southernmost boundary of distributional range of Apodemus witherbyi 
Thomas, 1902 in the world. The Jaz Murian depression is supposed as a cross road between 
Palaearctic, Ethiopian and Oriental realms. 

KEY WORDS The Jaz Murian depression; Rodent’s diversity; Palaearctic; Ethiopian and Oriental realms. 

Received 03.12.2016; accepted 19.01.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

Knowledge about faunal composition of a re- 
gion will aid in mantaining and controlling its biod- 
iversity and clarifying the evolutionary history of 
the area. Also, it can provide information about 
communication routes of animals between realms 
and lead to postulate filters and barriers (Darvish et 
al., 2014). Specially, these kinds of explorations in 
combination with geographical and topographic in- 
formation can help us to postulate the processes 
through which diversification of new lineages and 
endemicity occur. Small mammals such as rodents 


are first reaching mammals to isolated ecosystems 
and predecessors for establishing populations by 
dispersal after vicariance events (Lomolino et al., 
2005). In addition, rodents play a key role in balan- 
cing the ecosystems as common members in food 
chains (Shuai et al., 2006). 

Moreover, documentation of rodent’s diversity 
can help preventing and controlling public health 
challenges (Stenseth et al., 2003).They are known 
as important pests and they are reservoirs of some 
zoontic diseases (Nateghpour et al., 2013). Besides, 
they may cause economic problems and damages to 
agricultural crops (Schiller et al., 1999). So, investi- 


204 


Khajeh Asghar etalii 


gations shedding light on diversity and species rich- 
ness of rodents can provide valuable information 
from biogeographic, economic and medical aspects. 

The Jaz Murian depression in the southeast of 
Iran is a special route for exchange between Ara- 
bian and Indian fauna (Wessels, 1955; Misonne, 
1959). Because of hard accessibility to the region 
bounded by deserts and mountains and its harsh cli- 
mate some limited studies had been focused on di- 
versity of mammals of the region (Blanford, 1875, 
1876, 1877; Zarudny, 1896, 1898; Lay, 1967). 
Etemad (1978), Firouz (1999) and Ziaie (2008) 
have also reported some species of rodents inhabiting 
the region in their checklists of mammals of Iran but, 
some of these literature were recently revised 
(Musser & Carleton, 2005) and some records were 
added based on studies accomplished in Rodentology 
Research Department of Ferdowsi University (Siah- 
sarvie & Darvish, 2007; Karami et al., 2008; Dianat 
et al., 2010; Darvish et al., 2014; Darvish et al., 
2015). In this study, rodent fauna of the Jaz Murian 
depression was investigated and its diversity was 
discussed in the light of biogeographic view. 


MATERIAL AND METHODS 
Study area 

The Jaz Murian depression is a broad oval in the 
southeast Iran covering about 25000 to 30000 
square miles (Fisher, 1968). East- west extension of 
Jebal Barez-Shah Savaran-Bazman Mountain 
chains separates this depression from Lut desert in 
the north. In addition, continuation of the Zagros 
through Bashagerd to Makran Mountains in the 
south isolated the region from coastal area of Per- 
sian Gulf (Fisher, 1968). In fact, the southern part 
of the region stands with mountainous range reach- 
ing 4000 feet but there is a corridor in northern 
Fanuj with highlands less than 2850 feet above sea 
level (Harrison, 1943). The region receives two sea- 
sonal streams, Halilrud (on the west) and Bampur 
River (on the east) (Fisher, 1968). The depression 
also receives discharge of temporary streams and 
drainage of the rainfall from surrounding highlands 
(Lay, 1967). Lay (1967) also described the region 
as a dry land with the lowest precipitation in Iran 



Figure 1. Maps of southeastern Iran with collecting sites for different specimens of rodents. 


A contribution on rodents fauna of the Jaz Murian depression, southeast Iran 


205 


and abruptly falling temperature during nights with 
the main vegetation including Acacia , Gymno- 
carpus , Tamarix and Haloxylon. Based on Deblase 
(1980) it is part of the Baluchestan zoogeographic 
zone and Sahari-Sindi flora is the main vegetation 
cover of the region (Misonne, 1959). Madjdzadeh 
(2012) proposed the presence of three different 
zones in the region (desert and marginal desert, 
tropical zones and temperate mountainous zone). In 
fact, low plains reaching high mountainous range 
together provide magnificent paradoxical land- 
scapes which can be seen in the region. 

Sampling 

The study was conducted in the Jaz Murian 
depression, southeast Iran (parts of Sistan & Bal- 
uchestan beside Kerman Provinces) from January 
2014 to July 2015. Attributed geographical coordin- 
ates were recorded using GPS and ArcGIS ver. 
9.3 software was applied for preparing the map of 
sampling localities (Fig. 1). 

Rodents were collected using live-traps and 
snack or sausage bates. Since, jerboas are not trap- 
pable in live traps so we caught them with a hand 
net, using a searchlight at night and motorcycle. 
Collected specimens were subjected and prepared 
based on mammalogical procedure established by 
the American Society of mammalogists Animal 
Care and Use Committee (1998). Standard vouch- 
ers (skull, skin, tissues and karyotype idiograms) 
were preserved in Zoology Museum of Ferdowsi 
University (ZMFUM). In addition, specimens were 
identified based on identification keys (Corbet, 
1978) with consideration to new revisions on rodent 
species of Iran (Musser & Carleton, 2005; Darvish 
et al., 2006b, Darvish, 2009; Dianat et al., 2010; 
Darvish et al., 2014; Darvish et al., 2015). Taxo- 
nomic arrangement followed Musser and Carleton 
(2005). Four external (Table 2) and eight cranial 
characters were measured (Table 4) applying a 
digital caliper to the nearest 0.01 mm (Instar Inc., 
Hangzhou, China). Fourteen dental characters 
(Table 3) were taken using a measuring microscope 
accurate to 0.001 mm. Mean and standard deviation 
of characters were estimated using SPSS 16 (SPSS 
Inc., Chicago, IL, USA). 

ABBREVIATIONS. BL: body length, TL: tail 
length, FL: foot length, EL: ear length,Ml/L: length 
of first upper molar, M2/L: length of second upper 
molar, M3/L: length of third upper molar, Ml/W: 


width of first upper molar, M2/W: width of second 
upper molar, M3/W: width of third upper molar, 
M/1L: length of first lower molar, M/2L: length of 
second lower molar, M/3L: length of third lower 
molar, M/1W: width of first lower molar, M/2W: 
width of second lower molar, M/3W: width of third 
lower molar, UML: length of upper tooth row, 
LML: length of lower tooth row, BCH: braincase 
height, RH: rostral height, ZYGW: zygomatic bre- 
adth, RW: rostral width (maximum distance), IO W: 
interorbital constriction, BB: Breadth of braincase, 
CL: condylobasal length, BL: bulla length. 


RESULTS 

Totally, 127 specimens belonging to 5 families, 
14 genera and 15 species were captured. 

Family MURID AE 
Subfamily MURINAE 

1. Mus musculus Linnaeus, 1758 

Type locality. Uppsala, Sweden (Musser & 
Carleton, 2005). 

Distribution. Worldwide distribution (except 
Antarctica) and commensally introduced by human 
to islands (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Material localities. Sardasht, Biskove; 
Fariab; Bazman, Sefid Abad; Dalgan; Hudian; 
Bampur, Jafar Abad, Ali Abad; Iranshahr, Tigh 
Abad; Nikshahr; Fariab, Sardak-i-Sargorich; 
Kahnooj; Anbar Abad, Amjaz. 

Diagnostic characters. The inner tubercle of 
the first loop of the first and second upper molars 
is markedly curved backwards; incisors with a 
denticle (Bonhomme et al., 1994; Din et al., 1996; 
Darvish et al., 2006b; Darvish, 2015). 

2 . Apodemus w it her by i Thomas, 1902 

Type locality. Iran, Fars Province, Shul 
(Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Distribution. Plains, mountain and plateau 
steppes, and highland semi-deserts (not found in 
desert depressions) from southern Europe, Anatolia, 
the Middle East except Arabia, probably also occurs 
in Afghanistan (Musser & Carleton, 2005), Darvish 
et al. (2015) revealed its distributional range in Iran. 


206 


Khajeh Asghar etalii 


Material localities. AnbarAbad, Amjaz. 

Diagnostic characters. Pectoral spot; stephan- 
odont first upper molar; cusp-like t7 on 2nd upper 
molar; U-shaped fronto-parietal suture; posterior edge 
of the palatine is straight; large t7 on the first upper 
molar (Darvish et al., 2006a; Darvish et al., 2014). 

3. Rattus rattus Linneaus, 1758 


Type locality. Sweden, Uppsala County, 
Uppsala (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Distribution. Native to Indian Peninsula, and 
introduced worldwide in the temperate zone and 
parts of the tropical and subantarctic zones (Musser 
& Carleton, 2005). 

Material localities. Minab, Tarom. 


SPECIES 

PREVIOUS REPORTS 

THIS STUDY 

NO. 

Jaculus blanfordi 

Jaz Murian (1) 

Bazman, Shandak; Bampur, Jafar 
Abad; Kahnooj, Avaz Abad; Maskutan 

5,7, 11, 13 

Mus musculus 

IranShahr (4); Jaz Murian, Nikshahr, 
Kahnooj (3, 14); Jiroft, Anbar Abad 
(2, 9) 

Sardasht, Biskove; Fariab; Bazman; 
Bazman, Sefid Abad; Dalgan; Hudian; 
Bampur, Jafar Abad, Ali Abad; 
Iranshahr, Tigh Abad; Nikshahr; 
Fariab, Sardak-i-Sargorich; Kahnooj; 
Anbar Abad, Amiaz 

1,4, 5, 6, 7, 

8, 10, 12, 13 

Apodemus witherbyi 

Anbar Abad, Amjaz (2) 

AnbarAbad, Amjaz 

16 

Nesokia indica 

Iran Shahr ( 1 ); Bampur (5) 

Bampur, Ali Abad; Kahnooj; Anbar 
Abad, Kesht-o-Sanat 

7, 13, 17 

Rattus rattus 

Jiroft (2) 

Minab, Tarom 

3 

Golunda ellioti 

Jiroft, Kahnooj (1 1), (12); Anbar 

Abad, Amjaz (2, 10, 12) 

AnbarAbad, Amjaz 

16 

Acomys dimidi atus 

Jiroft (2, 13) 

Sardasht, Biskove; Kohe Hidar 
village; Fanuj; Fariab 

1,2, 4, 11 

Meriones persicus 

Iran Shahr, Nikshahr (6); Jiroft (2); 
Amjaz (2) 

Amjaz 

16 

Meriones libycus 

Iran Shahr, Jaz Murian (1,3) 

Bazman, Kargokan, Cheshm-i- 
Abegarm; Hudian; Iranshahr, Tigh 
Abad; Maskutan 

5, 6, 8, 11 

Meriones hurrianae 

Nik Shahr, Ghasreghand (7) 

- 


Gerbillus nanus 

Jaz Murian (1) 

Minab, Tarom; Bazman, Kalgande; 
Jolgechah-i-Hashem; Bampur, Jafar 
Abad, Ali Abad; Iranshahr, TighAbad; 
Maskutan 

3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 

11 

Tatera indica 

Chah-i-Dadkhoda (7), Iranshahr; Jaz 
Murian, Nikshahr, Kahnooj (3, 14); 
Jiroft, AnbarAbad (2, 13) 

Minab, Tarom; Roodan; Bazman; 
Dalgan; Jolgechah-i-Hashem; Hudian; 
Bampur, Jafar Abad; Roodbar 

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 

14 

Calomyscus 

hotsoni 

- 

Kohe Hidar village; Fanuj; 

Anbar Abad 

2, 9,17 

Cricetulus 

migratorius 

Anbar Abad, Amjaz (2) 

Anbar Abad 

16 

Micotus kermanesis 

- 

Anbar Abad 

16 

Ellobius fuscocapillus 

Bashagerd (8) 

- 


Hystrix indica 

Jaz Murian (7); Iranshahr (3, 13) 

Observed and colleceted its spines in 
Kohe Heidar village by the first author 

2 


Table 1. Sampling localities of previous reports and present study of rodents from the Jaz Murian depression. 1 : Lay, 1967; 2: 
Amir Afzali et al., 2010; 3: Etemad, 1978; 4: Darvish, 2006c; 5: Zaree, 2013; 6: Missone, 1959; 7: Heptner, 1940; 8: Shenbrot 
& Krosnov, 2005; 9. Haddadian Shad et al., 2016.; 10: Darvish, 2012; 11: Nazari & Farid, 1991; 12: Madjdzadeh, 2012; 13: 
Firouz ,1999; 14: Ziaie, 2008. 


A contribution on rodents fauna of the Jaz Murian depression, southeast Iran 


207 


Diagnostic characters. Tail length longer 
than head and body length; ear reaches eye if pulled 
down; supraorbital ridges of the skull not parallel 
(Darvish, 2015). 

4. Nesokia indica (Gray, 1830 in 1830-1835) 

Type locality. India (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Distribution. Modem range covers Bangladesh, 
N-India, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Iran, Iraq, Syria, 
Saudi Arabia, Israel- Jordan, NE-Egypt, NW-China, 
and Central Asia (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Material localities. Bampur, Ali Abad; 
Kahnooj; Anbar Abad, Kesht-o-Sanat. 

Diagnostic characters. Incisors are broad; 
breadth of zygomatic arcs is more than a half of the 
skull length; skull is with well developed crests 
(Darvish, 2015). 

5 . Acomys dimidiatus Cretzschemar, 1826 

Type locality. Egypt, Sinai. 


Distribution. Sinai Peninsula of Egypt, Levant, 
Arabian Peninsula, S-Iraq, S-Iran, and S -Pakistan 
(Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Material localities. Sardasht, Biskove; Kohe 
Hidar village; Fanuj; Fariab. 

Diagnostic characters. Dorsal pledge is 
spiny; Tma is incorporated into the prelobe; on 
upper first molar t3 is posterior to t2; cusps linked 
with crests (Volobouev et al., 2007). 

6. Golunda ellioti Gray, 1837 

Type locality. India, Dharwar (Musser & Car- 
leton, 2005). 

Distribution. SE-Iran, Pakistan, Nepal, N- and 
NE-India south through Indian peninsula to Sri 
Lanka (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Material localities. Anbar Abad, Amjaz. 

Diagnostic characters. Upper incisors is grooved 
and upper molars have special columnar structure 
with high separated cusps (Darvish et al., 2012) 


Taxa 

N 

BL 

TL 

FL 

EL 

MURID AE 






Apodemus whiterbyi 

6 

88.50±7.81 

102.00i3.84 

21.00il.09 

16.16i0.75 

Mus musculus 

32 

72.40i8.13 

74.62i8.95 

16.23il.85 

12.63il.18 

Meriones libycus 

13 

128.53il6.19 

149.54i22.67 

34.23i2.52 

18.07i2.01 

Meriones persicus 

1 

155.10 

180.60 

31.20 

17.00 

Tatera indica 

13 

151.80il3.64 

173.22il2.44 

37.10i2.99 

25.30i3.59 

Gerbillus nanus 

15 

75.53i4.35 

118.00i8.67 

23.23il.09 

12.07i0.86 

Golunda ellioti 

2 

135i00 

110.00i2.82 

26.50i0.70 

18.00i00 

Nesokia indica 

8 

157.25i41.37 

109.12i26.68 

31.62i4.43 

18.16i3.86 

Rattus rattus 

2 

115.00i00 

199.00i33.94 

32.00i2.82 

22.50i3.53 

Acomys dimidiatus 

21 

90.50il0.24 

106.18i9.80 

19.38i0.50 

20.00il.60 

CALOMY SCIDAE 






Calomyscus hotsoni 

6 

72.83i4.26 

82.50i8.36 

18.83i0.75 

17.33il.03 

DIPODIDAE 






Jaculus blanfordi 

6 

123.16i7.73 

205.33i49.57 

67.16i3.18 

25.33il.36 

CRICETIDAE 






Micotus kermanesis 

1 

140 

54 

23 

16 

Cricetulus migratorius 

1 

119 

21 

14 

21 


Table 2. Standard external measurements (Mean ± SD, in mm) of different species of rodents in southeast 
of Iran (see the text for abbreviations). BL: body length, TL: tail length, FL: foot length, EL: ear length. 


208 


Khajeh Asghar etalii 


Family MURID AE 
Subfamily GERBILINAE 

7. Meriones persicus Blanford, 1875 

Type locality. Iran, Kohrud, 116 km North of 
Isfahan (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Distribution. Ran, adjacent regions of Transcau- 
casia, Turkey (E- Anatolia), Iraq, Turkmenistan, Afgh- 
anistan and Pakistan (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 


Material localities. Anbar Abad, Amjaz. 

Diagnostic characters. Each incisor have a 
groove; bullae enlarged; hind soles are bare; tail is 
longer than head and body (Corbet, 1978; Darvish, 
2015). 

8 .Meriones libycus Lichtenstein, 1823 

Type locality. Egypt, Alexandria (Musser & 
Carleton, 2005). 


Taxa N Ml/L M2/L M3/L M1/WM2/WM3/W M/1L M/2L M/3L M/1WM/2WM/3W LML UML 


Muridae 







Apodemus 
w hi ter by i 

6 

1.81± 

0.07 

1.20± 

0.04 

0.93± 

0.06 

1.1 5± 
0.06 

1.06± 

0.08 

Mus mus cuius 

32 

1.83± 

0.8 

1.03± 

0.05 

0.64± 

0.05 

1.11± 

0.04 

0.92± 

0.06 

Meriones libycus 

13 

2.68± 

0.41 

1.50± 

0.14 

0.77± 

0.08 

1.75± 

0.19 

1.55± 

0.18 

Meriones 

persicus 


- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Tatera indica 

13 

3.18±. 

26 

1.75± 

0.11 

1.11± 

0.12 

2.39± 

0.09 

2.06± 

0.19 

Gerbillus nanus 

15 

1.85± 

0.10 

1.00± 

0.06 

0.48± 

0.04 

1.27± 

0.06 

1.07± 

0.07 

Golunda ellioti 

12 

2.68± 

0.09 

2.57± 

0.06 

2.39± 

0.07 

2.11± 

00 

2.28± 

0.05 

Nesokia indica 

8 

3.41± 

0.35 

2.34± 

0.29 

2.00± 

0.31 

3.00± 

0.27 

2.79± 

0.34 

Rattus rattus 

2 

3.08± 

00 

2.34± 

0.24 

1.60± 

0.09 

1.95± 

0.14 

1.83± 

0.09 

Acomys 

dimidiatus 

21 

2.24± 

0.04 

1.51± 

0.05 

1.01± 

0.04 

1.53± 

0.04 

1.45± 

0.07 

Calomyscidae 







Calomyscus 

hotsoni 

6 

1.55± 

0.06 

1.22± 

0.08 

0.60± 

0.04 

1.10± 

0.05 

1.05± 

0.03 

Dipodidae 







Jaculus blanfordi 

6 

1.83± 

0.10 

1.72± 

0.09 

1.39± 

0.08 

1.76± 

0.10 

1.78± 

0.04 

Cricetidae 







Micotus 

kermanesis 

1 

2.67 

2.17 

2.53 

1.67 

1.37 

Cricetulus 
migrator ius 

1 

1.91 

1.42 

- 

1.40 

1.27 


0.79± 

1.56± 

1.1 7± 

1.05± 

1.07± 

1.04± 

o 

to 

o 

H- 

4.12± 

3.68± 

0.03 

0.19 

0.03 

0.23 

0.07 

0.13 

0.06 

0.83 

0.06 

0.63± 

1.43± 

0.94± 

0.69± 

1.04± 

0.93± 

0.59± 

3.30± 

3.07± 

0.15 

0.11 

0.09 

0.09 

0.07 

0.08 

0.05 

0.17 

0.15 

0.86± 

2.42± 

1.56± 

0.91± 

1.80± 

1.74± 

1.02± 

5.43± 

5.39± 

0.12 

0.24 

0.24 

0.20 

0.13 

0.11 

0.14 

0.50 

0.39 

1.42± 

2.99± 

1.92± 

1.29± 

2.27± 

2.23± 

1.40± 

6.44± 

6.19± 

0.10 

0.13 

0.13 

0.18 

0.13 

0.15 

0.12 

0.26 

0.24 

0.61± 

1.74± 

1.1 5± 

0.69± 

1.23± 

1.22± 

0.67± 

3.51± 

3.48± 

0.05 

0.09 

0.05 

0.09 

0.07 

0.07 

0.05 

0.31 

0.13 

1.64± 

2.95± 

2.17± 

1.73± 

1.74± 

1.76± 

1.50± 

6.80± 

6.73± 

0.04 

0.00 

0.32 

0.14 

0.12 

0.17 

0.24 

0.02 

0.11 

2.28± 

3.51± 

2.48± 

2.13± 

2.48± 

2.67± 

2.06± 

8.64± 

8.42± 

0.30 

0.30 

0.30 

0.51 

0.22 

0.18 

0.24 

0.96 

0.71 

1.40± 

2.68± 

1.90± 

1.84± 

1.71± 

1.79± 

1.61± 

6.44± 

6.26± 

0.12 

0.16 

0.11 

0.04 

0.06 

0.13 

0.14 

0.77 

0.73 

0.92± 

1 .93=1= 

1.39± 

1.04± 

1.37± 

1.38=1= 

0.99± 

4.5± 

4.1± 

0.05 

0.05 

0.06 

0.05 

0.06 

0.06 

0.06 

0.09 

0.09 


0.67± 

-H 

'O 

1.24± 

-H 

oo 

o’ 

1.03± 

1.1 3± 

0.69± 

3.39± 

3.26± 

0.03 

0.06 

0.05 

0.03 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.12 

0.15 


1.31± 

2.03± 

2.05± 

1.68± 

1.67± 

1.91± 

1.40± 

5.26± 

5.46± 

0.10 

0.10 

0.11 

0.16 

0.05 

0.09 

0.04 

0.19 

0.13 


1.28 3.70 

2.01 

2.02 

1.62 

1.01 

1.22 

7.94 

8.05 

1.73 

1.41 

1.39 

1.24 

1.26 

0.96 

4.23 

4.40 


Table 3. Dental measurements (Mean ± SD, in mm) of different species of rodents from the Jaz Murian depression, southeast 
Iran. (Data were not prepared for Meriones persicus ). Ml/L: length of first upper molar, M2/L: length of second upper 
molar, M3/L: length of third upper molar, Ml/W: width of first upper molar, M2/W: width of second upper molar, M3/W: 
width of third upper molar, M/1L: length of first lower molar, M/2L: length of second lower molar, M/3L: length of third 
lower molar, M/1W: width of first lower molar, M/2W: width of second lower molar, M/3W: width of third lower molar, 
UML: length of upper tooth row, LML: length of lower tooth row. 


A contribution on rodents fauna of the Jaz Murian depression, southeast Iran 


209 


Distribution. North Africa through Saudi Ara- 
bia, Jordan, Iraq, Syria, Iran, Afghanistan, Central 
Asia to W-China; probably Anatolia (Musser & 
Carleton, 2005). 

Material localities. Bazman, Kargokan, 
Cheshm-i- Abegarm; Hudian; Iranshahr, Tigh Abad; 
Maskutan. 

Diagnostic characters. Soles are not bare; 
claws are black (Darvish et al., 2006b). 


9. Tatera indica Hardwicke, 1807 

Type locality. Between Benares and Hardwar, 
north of India (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Distribution. An extensive range from SE- Anato- 
lia in Syria, Iraq, and Kuwait through Iran, Afgh- 
anistan, and Pakistan into most of Indian Peninsula 
north to S -Nepal; also Sri Lanka (Musser & Car- 
leton, 2005). 


Taxa 

N 

BCH 

RH 

ZYGW 

RW 

IOW 

BB CL 

BL 

Muridae 









Apodemus 

whiterbyi 

6 

7.92±0.35 

6.21i0.45 

12.70i0.35 

4.32i0.22 

4.26i0.15 

11.55i0.20 23.30i0.92 

4.97i0.65 

Mus musculus 

32 

7.01±0.31 

4.84i0.38 

10.97i0.59 

3.24i0.24 

3.48i0.16 

9.33i0.27 19.49il.23 

3.56i0.32 

Meriones libycus 

13 

13.31±0.97 

8.77i0.67 

20.56i0.96 

4.90i0.26 

6.64i0.59 

17.97i0.80 33.74i2.43 

15.04i0.87 

Meriones 









persicus 









Tatera indica 

13 

14.33i0.88 

10.38il.87 

T, 

21.68il.78 

4.49i0.30 

6.75i0.33 

17.77i0.53 36.70i2.79 

13.82i0.97 

Gerbillus nanus 

15 

9.11i0.37 

6.02i0.73 

13.48i0.58 

3.26i0.15 

4.68i0.30 

12.36i0.40 22.41i0.76 

10.04i0.27 

Golunda ellioti 

2 

10.00i0.24 

8.30i0.24 

15.98i0.07 

5.23i0.16 

4.41i0.32 

12.84i0.27 30.73i0.38 

6.52i0.12 

Nesokia indica 

8 

14.59il.85 

12.59i2.16 

25.00i3.96 

7.29il.08 

6.20i0.66 

17.04il.31 40.05i6.84 

7.86i0.99 

Rattus rattus 

2 

11.31i0.43 

8.86il.39 

18.03il.95 

5.71i0.65 

5.65i0.77 

15.44il.51 35.18i4.76 

6.25i0.51 

Acomys 

dimidiatus 

21 

8.97i0.26 

5.65i0.23 

13.91i0.55 

3.69i0.14 

4.71i0.12 

12.45i0.26 26.50il.30 

5.28i0.28 

Calomyscidae 









Calomyscus 

hotsoni 

6 

7.42i0.31 

5.01i0.21 

12.16i0.39 

3.83i0.18 

4.05i0.24 

10.89i0.44 20.78il.22 

5.44i0.32 

Dipodidae 









Jaculus blanfordi 

6 

14.17i0.45 8.40i0.48 

23.44i0.68 5.27i0.18 

12.51i0.41 22.64i0.57 31.39il.00 15.62i0.64 

Cricetidae 









Micotus 

kermanesis 

1 

8.66 

8.23 

17.55 

5.03 

4.70 

15.02 32.76 

9.39 

Cricetulus 

migratorius 

1 

9.18 

7.37 

15.10 

5.53 

4.58 

11.77 22.07 

5.50 


Table 4. Cranial measurements (Mean ± SD, in mm) of different species of rodents from The Jaz Murian depression, south- 
east Iran. (Data were not prepared for Meriones persicus ). BCH: braincase height, RH: rostral height, ZYGW: zygomatic 
breadth, RW: rostral width (maximum distance), IO W: interorbital constriction, BB: Breadth of braincase, CL: condylobasal 
length, BL: bulla length. 


210 


Khajeh Asghar etalii 


Material localities. Minab, Tarom; Roodan; 
Bazman; Dalgan; Jolgechah-i-Hashem; Hudian; 
Bampur, Jafar Abad; Roodbar. 

Diagnostic characters. Bullae is rather small; 
transvers bands of molars are separate (Corbet, 
1967; Mirshamsi et al., 2007; Darvish, 2015). 

10. Gevbillus nanus Blanford, 1875 

Type locality. Pakistan, Gedrosia (Musser & 
Carleton, 2005). 

Distribution. An extensive range from the 
Baluchistan region of NW-India, Pakistan, S-Afgh- 
anistan, and Iran through the Arabian Peninsula, 
Iraq, Levant, North Africa to Morocco, south in the 
Sahara to at least and NE-Mali (Musser & Carleton, 
2005). 

Material localities. Minab, Tarom; Bazman, 
Kalgande; Jolgechah-i-Hashem; Bampur, Jafar 
Abad, Ali Abad; Iranshahr, Tigh Abad; Maskutan. 

Diagnostic characters. Tail is longer than 
head and body; auditory meatus with anterodorsal 
rim inflated; no curtain within the meatus (Corbet, 
1978; Darvish, 2015). 

Family DIPODIDAE 

11. Jaculus blanfordi Murray, 1884 

Type locality. Bushire, Iran (Musser & Car- 
leton, 2005). 

Distribution. SE coast of Caspian Sea through 
Turkmenistan to the Kyzylkum Desert, C-Uzbek- 
istan, E- and S-Iran (Lay, 1967), S- and W- Afgh- 
anistan and SW Pakistan (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Material localities. Bazman, Shandak; Bam- 
pur, Jafar Abad; Kahnooj, Avaz Abad; Maskutan. 

Diagnostic characters. Maxillary tooth row 
usually under 5 mm (Corbet, 1978; Darvish, 2015). 

Family CALOMYSCIDAE 

12. Calomyscus hotsoni Thomas, 1920 

Type locality. W-Pakistan, W-Balochistan, 
Makran Dist., Gwambulc Kaul, 50 km SW-Panjgur. 


Distribution. Recorded from vicinity of type 
locality and Baluchistan Province of SE-Iran 
(Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Material localities. Kohe Heidar; Fanuj; 
Anbar Abad. 

Diagnostic characters. Nasal width is nar- 
row; skull is high; diastema is long; intarorbital is 
narrow. 


Family CRICETIDAE 
Subfamily CRICETINAE 

13. Cricetulus migratorius (Pallas, 1773) 

Type locality. West Kazakhstan, Lower Ural 
River (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Distribution. SE-Europe to Romania and Bul- 
garia eastwards through Kazakhstan to S-Mongolia 
and N- China southwards through Turkey and Tran- 
scaucasia to Levant, Iraq, Iran (Lay, 1967), Afgh- 
anistan, Pakistan and N-India (Musser & Carleton, 
2005). 

Material localities. Anbar Abad, Amjaz. 

Diagnostic characters. Teeth are no-pris- 
matic and with two rows; antero external angles of 
parietal is rounded (Corbet, 1978; Darvish, 2015). 

Family CRICETIDAE 
Subfamily ARVICOLLINAE 

14. Micotus kermanesis 

Type locality. 

Distribution. Dry montane steppe habitats on 
isolated mountains from N slopes of Kopet-Dag 
Mtns in S-Turkmenistan (Meyer et al., 1996), moun- 
tains in E-Iran in the NE (Khorassan Prov., 5 km N- 
Kashmar, USNM) and S (Kuh-e Laleh-Zar and 
Kuh-e Hazar Mtns south of Kerman; Roguin, 1988), 
and the Hindu Kush of N- Afghanistan (Ellerman, 
1948; Parvan Province, Shibar Pass, FMNH). 

Material localities. Anbar Abad. 


Family HYSTRICIDAE 


A contribution on rodents fauna of the Jaz Murian depression, southeast Iran 


211 


15. Hystrix indica Kerr, 1792 
Type locality. India 

Distribution. Transcaucasus, Asia Minor, 
Israel, Arabia to S Kazakhstan and India, Sri Lanka, 
Tibet (China) (Musser & Carleton, 2005). 

Material localities. Kohe Heidar 


DISCUSSION 

The Jaz Murian depression was formed from the 
Early Tertiary during the southward movement of 
Makran, between continental margin of Makran and 
Lut basin (Berberian & King, 1981). It was part of 
Gondwana land mass possibly an extension of the 
Afro- Arabian continental platform (Stocklin, 1968; 
Berberian, 1976). From the biogeographic aspects, 
south of Iran was known as a bridge between ori- 
ental realm and African- Arabian region (known as 
Ethiopian realm; Frey & Probst, 1986; Coad & 
Vhlenkin, 2004; Madjnoonian et al., 2005). This 
dry land surrounded by mountains and desert range 
lacks endemic Iranian elements (Misonne, 1959) 
and was considered as a unique zoogeographic zone 
(Zarudny, 1911). Frey & Probst (1986) in their 
synopsis of the vegetation of Iran accounted the 
region as a Nubo-Sindian zone which was excluded 
from Palaearctic parts of Iran from the phytogeo- 
graphic view. Conversely, the depression enjoys 
Oriental and Ethiopian elements which could pass 
the Sindian plains and Arabian deserts penetrating 
Iran from northern shores of Persian Gulf (Missone, 
1959; Frey & Probst, 1986). In fact, during the late 
Early Miocene, decline in the sea level may have 
resulted in faunal exchange via some emerging 
islands (Wessels, 1955). 

The penetration route of African (Ethiopian) ele- 
ments ( Acomys I. Geoffroy, 1838, Gerbillus Des- 
marest, 1804 and Meriones Illiger, 1811) into the 
region is not clear but Madjnoonian et al. (2005) 
proposed Bandar Abbas through Hormoz Strait as 
a paleo-corridor during Quaternary. Eastern spiny 
mouse {Acomys dimidiatus ) was blocked in the 
southeast Iran while Tatera indica could pass the 
barriers into the central Plateau of Iran (Madjnoo- 
nian et al., 2005). Acomys dimidiatus entered south 
Iran from the west and passing northern margin of 
Persian Gulf (Fars, Bushehr, Hormozgan, Sistan 
and Baluchestan provinces) reaching southern 


Pakistan (Etemad, 1978; Firouz, 1999; Frynta et al., 
2010). This study provided new records of the 
Eastern spiny mice from Kerman province. Mean 
value of tail length of the Jaz Murian specimens 
of A. dimidiatus is nearly similar to the Arabian 
specimens (Harrison, 1972). 

Steppe field mouse (A. witherbyi ) was previously 
reported from different localities of Iran (Hossein- 
pour Feizi et al., 2009; Darvish et al., 2015). Com- 
paring to the specimens from northwest of Iran, 
mean value of head and body and tail length of the 
Jaz Murian specimens is longer (Darvish et al., 
2014). Considering the fact that genus Apodemus 
Kaup, 1829 is a Palaearctic element (Michaux et al., 
2002), the Jaz Murian depression can be interpreted 
as a boundary between Palaearctic and Oriental 
realms. It is supposed that the Jaz Murian depression 
is the southernmost boundary of distributional range 
of A. witherbyi in the world. The region might has 
also played a role as a corridor for entering Mus 
musculus from its origin (north Indian) to central 
Iranian Plateau (Bonhomme et al., 1994). 

In Mus musculus and Tatera indica the head and 
body and tail length of the Jaz murian specimens 
were smaller than that of Pakistan specimens but 
tail lenght is longer than that of Mus m usculus from 
northwest of Iran (Roberts, 1997; Darvish et al., 
2014). The head and the body length of Jaculus 
blanfordi from the region are smaller than that of 
Pakistan and Turkmenistan specimens but the 
average tail length of the Jaz Murian specimens is 
longer than the tail length of Pakistan and Turk- 
menistan specimens (Shenbrot et al., 2008). The 
head and body length of Cricetulus migratorius 
from Jaz Murian is longer than the mean value of 
the head and body length of Pakistan, but the tail 
length is smaller. Also, it shows smaller head and 
body and tail length compared to specimens from 
the northwest of Iran and Arabia (Harrison, 1972; 
Roberts, 1997; Darvish et al., 2014). Mean value of 
head and body length of Merion libycus is smaller 
than that of Pakistan, but mean value of tail length 
is longer. Libyan jirds of the Jaz Murian show 
longer mean value of head and body and tail length 
comparing to the specimens from northwest of Iran 
(Roberts, 1997; Darvish et al., 2014). The head and 
body and tail length of the Jaz Murian specimens 
of Nesokia indica is smaller than the Pakistan and 
Arabian specimens (Harrison, 1972; Roberts, 
1997). Also, the Jaz Murian specimens of Calomy- 


212 


Khajeh Asghar etalii 


scus hotsoni show smaller head and body length, 
but longer tail length comparing to the Pakistan 
specimens (Roberts, 1997). 

Indian bush rat Golunda ellioti has been recor- 
ded from the Jaz Murian depression (Jiroft, 
Kerman) by different authors (Misonne, 1990; 
Nazari & Farid, 1991; Madjdzadeh 2012; Darvish 
et al., 2012). Actually, the genus Golunda occupied 
oriental realm from early Pliocene (Cheema et al., 
1997, 2003) and it seems that the Jaz Murian is the 
westernmost boundary of this oriental species 
(Ziaie, 2008). The head and body and tail length of 
Golunda ellioti from Jaz Murian is longer than that 
of Pakistan specimens (Roberts, 1997). 

Corbet (1978) mentioned that Meriones hurri- 
anae (Jerdon, 1867) (Baluchestan, southeast Iran) 
and Rattus niviventer (Hodgson, 1836) (northern 
Pakistan) are oriental species which can be found 
in the boundary of Palaearctic realm; however, they 
were not captured in this study. The total head 
and body and the tail length of Rattus rattus from 
Jaz Murian specimens were smaller than that of 
Pakistan specimens (Roberts, 1997). 

For most specimens, except Gerbillus nanus , and 
Apodemus whiterbyi, total length of the body is 
small, compared to that of their counterparts from 
northeast and northwest Iran (Darvish et al., 2006; 
Darvish et al., 2014). This pattern of nanism may be 
a response to lower precipitation and sparse vegeta- 
tion cover in the region. In fact, high temperature 
and drought resulting in lower primary productivity 
and decline in food level, which in turn cause body 
size decline (Sheridan & Bickford, 2011). 

CONCLUSION 

The Jaz Murian depression is a crossroad between 
Palaearctic, Ethiopian and Oriental realms. Because 
of the conspicuous geographic and topographic fea- 
tures of this transition zone, a complex mixture of 
rodent species such as Oriental species i.e. Golunda 
ellioti, Meriones hurrianae, Mus musculus, Tatera 
indica, Hystrix indica and Ethiopian elements such 
as Gerbillus nanus, Meriones libycus and Acomys 
dimidiatus beside Palaearctic species i.e. Apodemus 
witherbyi, Rattus rattus, Cricetulusmigratorius, 
Microtus sp. can be found in the region. Although, 
the region is characterized by a low plains surroun- 
ded by high mountains, it is not strictly isolated. 
Thus, it can be considered as a corridor between three 


realms. The specific geographical condition and the 
unique topography and climatic situation of the Jaz 
Murian depression made the region favorite destina- 
tion for zoogeographic and phylogeography studies. 
This study was just a preliminary investigation on 
the rodent's fauna of the Jaz Murian depression 
carried out to contribute to other studies aimed at 
revealing specific aspects of the region. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 

Permission to collect specimen was authorized 
by the Iranian Department of Environment (Permis- 
sion Number: 93/45436; 10th Dec. 2014). 

REFERENCES 

Amir Afzali Y., 2012. The Faunistic study of Rodents of 
Jiroft and Anbaradad townships in Kerman province 
based on morphological and morphometrical studies. 
Ms. Thesis, Ferdowsi University of Mashhad, 
Mashhad, Iran. 

Animal Care and Use Committee, 1998. “Guidelines for 
the Capture, Handling, and Care of Mammals as Ap- 
proved by the American Society of Mammalogists.” 
Journal of Mammalogy, 79: 1416-1431. 

Berberian M., 1976. An explanatory note on the first 
seismotectonic map of Iran; a seismotectonic review 
of the country. In: Contribution to the seismotectonics 
of Iran (Part II). Edited by M. Berberian. Geological 
Survey of Iran, 39: 7-141. 

Berberian M. & King G.C.P., 1981. Towards apaleogeo- 
graphy and tectonic evolution of Iran. Canadian 
Journal of Earth Sciences, 18: 210-265. 

Blanford W.T., 1875. Descriptions of new Mammalia 
from Persia and Baluchistan. The Annales and 
Magazine of natural history (ser. 4), 16: 309-313. 
Blanford W.T., 1876. Eastern Persia, an account of the 
Journeys of the Persian Boundary Commission 1 870- 
71-72. Vol. II, The Zoology and Geology, London, 
vii + 516 pp., 28 pis., 1 map. 

Blanford W.T., 1877. Note on two species of Asiatic bears, 
the "Mamli" of Baluchistan and Ursus pruinosus Blyth 
of Tibet, and on an undescribed fox from Baluchistan. 
Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 46: 315- 
323. 

Bonhomme F., Anand R., Darviche D.J., Din W. & 
Boursot P., 1994. The House Mouse as a Ring 
Species? In: Moriwaki K. (Ed.), Genetics in Wild 
Mice: Its Application to Biomedical Research. Japan 
Scientific Societies Press, Tokyo, 13-23. 


A contribution on rodents fauna of the Jaz Murian depression, southeast Iran 


213 


Cheema I.U., Flynn L.J. & Rajpar A.R., 2003. Late 
Pliocene murid rodents from Lehri, Jhelum District, 
northern Pakistan. In: Advances in Vertebrate Pale- 
ontology: Hen to Panta. Atribute to Constantin 
Radulescu and Petre Mihai Samson. Petulescu A. 
and Stiuca E. (Eds.). Speleological Institute "Emil 
Racovita", Bucharest, 85-92. 

Cheema I.U., Raza S.M. & Flynn L.J., 1997. Note on 
Pliocene small mammals from the Mirpur District, 
Azad Kashmir, Pakistan. Geobios, 30: 115-119. 

Coad B.W. & Vhlenkin B.Y., 2004. Co-occurrence and 
zoogeography of the freshwater fishes of Iran. 
Zoology in the Middle East, 31: 53-61. 

Corbet G.B., 1978. The mammals of the Palaearctic 
region, a taxonomic review. British Museum (Natural 
History), London, 314 pp. 

Darvish J., 2015. Methodology in Animal Biosystem- 
atics. Jahaddaneshgahi Mashhad Press, Mashhad, 
Iran, 335 pp. 

Darvish J., Javidkar M. & Siahsarvie R., 2006a. A new 
species of wood mouse of the genus Apodemus 
(Rodentia; Muridae) from Iran. Zoology in Middle 
East, 38: 5-16. 

Darvish J., Siahsarvie R., Mirshamsi O., Keyvanfar N., 
Hashemi N. & Sadeghieshakib F., 2006b. Diversity 
of the Rodents of Northeastern Iran. Iranian Journal 
of Animal Biosystematics, 2: 57-76. 

Darvish J., Orth A. & Bonhomme F., 2006c. Genetic 
transition in the house mouse Mus mus cuius of 
Eastern Iranian Plateau. Folia Zoologica, 55: 349- 
357. 

Darvish J., 2009. Morphometric comparison of Fourteen 
species of the genus Meriones Illiger, 1811 (Gerbil- 
linae, Rodentia) from Asia and Africa. Iranian Journal 
of Animal Biosystematics, 5: 59-77 . 

Darvish J., Amirafzali Y. & Hamidi K., 2012. Further 
record of Golunda ellioti Gray, 1837 from South East 
of Iran with notes on its postcranial skeleton. Iranian 
Journal of Animal Biosystematics, 8: 79-82. 

Darvish J., Mohammadi Z., Ghorbani F., Mahmoudi A., 
& Dubey S., 2015. Phylogenetic Relationships of 
Apodemus Kaup, 1829 (Rodentia: Muridae) Species 
in the Eastern Mediterranean Inferred from Mito- 
chondrial DNA, with Emphasis on Iranian Species. 
Journal of mammalian evolution, 22: 119-136. 

Darvish J., Mohammadi Z., Mahmoudi A. & Siahsarvie 
R., 2014. Faunistic and taxonomic study of Rodents 
from northwestern Iran. Iranian Journal of Animal 
Biosystematics, 10: 119-136. 

de Roguin L., 1988. Notes sur quelques mammiferes du 
Baluchistan Iranien. Revue Suisse de Zoologie, 95: 
595-606. 

Deblase F.A., 1980. “Bats from Iran, systematics, distribu- 
tion, ecological note” Fieldiana Zoology publication. 

Dianat M., Tarahomi M., Darvish J. & Aliabadian M., 
2010. Phylogenetic analysis of the five-toed Jerboa 


(Rodentia) from the Iranian Plateau based on mtDNA 
and morphometric data. Iranian Journal of Animal 
biosystematics, 6: 49-59. 

Din W., Boursot P., Darviche D., Dod B., Jouvin-Marche 
E., Orth A., Talwar G.P., Cazenave P.A. & 
Bonhomme F., 1996. Origin and radiation of the 
house mouse: clues from nuclear genes. Journal of 
Evolutionary Biology, 9: 519-539. 

Ellerman J.R., 1948. Notes on somes Asiatic rodents in 
the British Museum. Proceedings of the Zoological 
Society of London, 117: 259-271. 

Etemad E., 1978. The Mammals of Iran. Volume 1. 
Rodents and Key to Their Classification. National 
Society for Protection of Natural Resources and 
Human Environment, Teheran, 288 pp. 

Firouz E., 1999. A Guide to the Fauna of Iran (Verteb- 
rates). Tehran University Press, 508 pp. 

Fisher W.B., 1968. The Cambridge history of Iran. Vol. I 
(The land of Iran). Cambridge University press, 766 

pp. 

Frey W. & Probst W., 1986. A synopsis of the vegetation 
of Iran. In: Kurschner H. (Ed.), Contributions to the 
vegetation of southwest Asia. Beih TAVO Naturwiss, 
24: 9-24. 

Frynta D., Palupcikova K., Bellinvia E., Benda P., 
Skarlantova H., Schwarzova L. & Modry D., 2010. 
Phylogenetic relationships within the cahirinus- 
dimidiatus group of the genus Acomys (Rodentia: 
Muridae): new mitochondrial lineages from Sahara, 
Iran and the Arabian Peninsula. Zootaxa, 2660: 
46-56. 

Haddadian Shad H., Darvish J., Rastegar-Pouyani E. & 
Mahmoudi A., 2016. Subspecies of the house mouse 
Mus mus cuius Linnaeus, 1758 in the center and east 
Iranian plateau and Afghanistan. Mammalia, DOI 
10.151 5/mammalia-20 1 5-004 1 . 

Harrison D.L., 1972. The Mammals of Arabia. 1st edn 
Vol. 3., Lagomorpha. Rodentia. Ernest Benn Limited 
Bouverie House. London. ISBN: 0 510-39952-5. 

Harrison J.V., 1943. The Jazmurian depression, Persian 
Baluchistan. The Geographical Journal, 101: 206- 
225. 

Heptner W.G., 1940. Fauna der Gerbillidae (Mammalia, 
Glires) Persiens und die tiergeographischen eigen- 
heiten der Kleinasiatish-Irano-Afghanischen lander. 
Nouveaux Memorie de la Societe Imperiale des 
Naturaistes de Moscou, 20: 5-71. 

Hosseinpour Feizi M., Darvish J., Pouladi N., Akbari Rad 
S. & Siahsarvie R., 2009. Biosystematic study of 
Field Mouse Apodemus witherbyi (Rodentia; Mur- 
idae) from Northwest Iran. Iranian Journal of Animal 
Biosystematics, 5: 47-58. 

Karami M,, Hutterer R., Benda P., Siahsarvie R. & 
Krystufek B., 2008. Annotated check-list of the mam- 
mals of Iran. Lynx, 39: 63-102. 


214 


Khajeh A. et alii 


Lay D.M., 1967. A study of the mammals of Iran result- 
ing from the street expedition of 1962-63. Fieldiana 
Zoology, 54: 1-282. 

Lomolino M.V., Riddle B.R. & Brown J.H., 2005. Biogeo- 
graphy, 3rd edn. Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, MA. 

Madjdzadeh S.M., 2012. A Preliminary Study of 
Golunda ellioti Gray, 1837 (Rodentia: Muridae) 
in Iran. Acta zoologica bulgarica, 64: 375-380. 

Madjnoonian H., Kiabi B.H. & Danesh M., 2005. 
Readings in Zoogeography of Iran, Part I, Depart- 
ment of Environment, Iran, 384 pp. 

Meyer M.N., Golenishchev F.N., Radjably S.I. & Sablina 
O.V., 1996. [Voles (subgenus Microtus Schrank) of 
Russia and adjacent territories]. Russian Academy of 
Sciences, Proceedings of the Zoological Institute, 
232: 320 pp. 

Michaux J., Chevret P, Filippucci M.G. & Macholan M., 
2002. Phylogeny of the genus Apodemus with a 
special emphasis on the subgenus Sylvaemus using 
the nuclear IRBP gene and two mitochondrial 
markers: Cytochrome b and 12S rRNA. Molecular 
Phylogenetics and Evolution, 23: 123-136 

Mirshamsi O., Darvish J. & Kayvanfar N., 2007. A 
preliminary study on Indian Gerbils, Tatera indica 
Hardwicke, 1807 at population level in eastern and 
southern parts of Iran (Rodentia: Muridae). Iranian 
Journal of Animal Biosystematics, 13: 49-61. 

Misonne X., 1959. Analyse zoogeographique des mam- 
miferes de FIran. Memoires d’Institut Royal des 
Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 59: 1-157. 

Misonne X., 1990. New record for Iran: Golunda ellioti 
Gray, 1837 (Rodentia: Muridae). Mammalia, 54: 494. 

Musser G.G. & Carleton M.D., 2005. Superfamily 
Muroidea. In: Wilson Don E. & Reeder D.M. (Eds.), 
Mammal species of the World, Third edition. The 
John Hopkins University Press, 894-1531. 

Nateghpour M., Akhavan A.A., Hanafee Bojd A.A., 
Telmadarraiy Z., Ayazian Mavi S., Hosseini- 
Vasoukolaei N., Motevalli-Haghi A. & Akbarzadeh 
K., 2013. Wild rodents and their ectoparasites in 
Baluchistan area, Southeast of Iran. Tropical bio- 
medicine, 30: 72-77. 

Nazari F. & Farid A., 1991. Golunda ellioti a new record 
for Iran. Applied entomology and phytopathology, 
58: 81-86. 

Norris R.W., Woods C.A. & Kilpatrick W., 2008. 
Morphological and Molecular definition of Calomys 
cushotsoni (Rodentia: Muroidae: Calomyscidae). 
Journal of Mammalogy, 89: 306-315. 

Roberts T.J., 1997. The Mammals of Pakistan. Oxford 
University Press, 525 pp. 

Schiller J.M., Boupha B.D. & Bounnaphol O., 1999. Ro- 
dents in agriculture in the Lao PDR- a problem with 
an unknown future. In Ecologically-based manage- 
ment of rodent pests. ACIAR Monograph, 59: 372- 
387. 


Shenbrot G.I. & Krasnov B.R., 2005. An Atlas of the 
Geographic Distribution of the Arvicoline Rodents of 
the World (Rodentia, Muridae: Arvicolinae). Pensoft, 
Moscow, Russia. 

Shenbrot G., Sokolov V., Heptner V. & Koval’skaya Y., 
2008. Mammals of Russia and adjacent regions: 
jerboas: New Delhi: Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. 
Ltd. 

Sheridan J.A. & Bickford D., 2011. Shrinking body size 
as an ecological response to climate change. Nature 
Climate Change, 1: 401-406. 

Shuai L.Y., Song Y.L., Li J.S., Zeng Z.G. & Liu J.Q., 
2006. Rodent community structure of desert-oasis 
landscape in the middle reaches of the Heihe River. 
Biodiversity Science, 14: 525-533. 

Siahsarvie R. & Darvish J., 2007. New records of 
naked-footed gerbil Gerbillus nanus and pygmy 
gerbil Gerbillus cfr. henleyi (Rodentia, Muridae) 
from Iran. Iranian Journal of Animal Biosystematics, 
3: 15-20. 

Stenseth N.C., Leirs H., Skonhoft A., Davis S.A., Pech 
R. P, Andreassen H.P., Singleton G.R., Lima M., 
Machangu R.M., Makundi R.H., Zhang Z., Brown P.B., 
Shi D. & Xinrong W., 2003. ‘Mice, rats and people: the 
bio-economics of agricultural rodent pests’, Frontiers 
in Ecology and the Environment, 1: 367-375. 

Stocklin J., 1968. Structural history and tectonics of Iran; 
a review. American Association of Petroleum Geolo- 
gists Bulletin, 52: 1229-1258. 

Volobouev V., Auffray J.C., Debat V., Denys C., Gautun 
J.C. & Tranier M., 2007. Species delimitation in the 
Acomys cahirinus-dimidiatus complex (Rodentia, 
Muridae) inferred from chromosomal and, morpho- 
logical analyses. Biological Journal of the Linnean 
Society, 91:203-214. 

Wessels W., 1955. Miocene rodent evolution and migra- 
tion Muroidea from Pakistan, Turkey and Northern 
Africa. Faculty of Geosciences, Utrecht University. 

Zarey B., Aliabadian M., Darvish J., Yazdani Moghadam 
F. & Mohammadi S., 2013. Geometric morphometric 
analysis of short-tailed Bandicoot Rat ( Nesokia in- 
dica) (Rodentia: Muridae) in the north and southeast 
of Iran. Zoology and Ecology, 23: 260-265. 

Zarudny N., 1896. Itinerary of N.A. Zarudny in eastern 
Persia in 1896. Annuaire du Musee Zoologique de 
l’Academie d. Sciences de St. Petersburg, 1, pp. xviii- 
xxi, Melkiyaizvestiya. 

Zarudny N., 1898. Itinerary of N.A. Zarudny in eastern 
Persia in 1898. Annuaire du Musee Zoologique de 
l’Academie d. Sciences de St. Petersburg, 3, pp. v - 
xii, Molkiyaizvestiya. 

Zarudny N., 1911. Verzeichnis der Vogel Persiens. 
Journal fur Omithologie, 59: 185-241. 

Ziaie H., 2008. A Field Guide to the Mammals of Iran. 
Department of Environment, Tehran, 299 pp. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 215-222 


Diversity and seasonal appearance of aquatic fungi in three 
streams of Western Ghat forests of Goa, India 


Sreekala K. Nair'& D.J. Bhat 2 


'Department of Botany, Bharathiar University, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, 641 046 India; e-mail: sreekalanair75@gmail.com 
department of Botany, Goa University, Goa, 403 205 India 


ABSTRACT In the absence of any detailed and intensive investigation on the mycota of freshwater streams 

of the northern part of Western Ghats, in the present paper an effort was made to study the di- 
versity and seasonal appearance of aquatic fungi of this region. It has been observed, from 
the study made among the three seasonal samplings, that monsoon season is the best for re- 
covery of this group of fungi. 

KEY WORDS Aquatic fungi; Biodiversity; Freshwater streams; Western Ghats. 

Received 28.01.2016; accepted 19.04.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

Aquatic fungi in freshwater habitats are repres- 
ented by two major groups namely Saprolegniales 
(watermoulds) and Aquatic Hyphomycetes. A 
number of fungi belonging to Ascomycotina and 
Mastigomycotina (zoosporic fungi) and a few 
Basidiomycetes also occur in freshwater habitats 
but in the dynamics of freshwater stream ecosys- 
tem, hyphomycetous fungi are considered as the 
most significant participants in view of their ability 
to digest a variety of submerged organic matter 
(Koushik & Hynes, 1971; Barlocher & Kendrick, 
1976; Barlocher, 1992; Graca et al, 1993). Growing 
on submerged leaves and twigs, these fungi abound 
in fast flowing tree lined streams and well aerated 
rivers. The streams contain sufficient runoff organic 
material which, in the living or dead state, serve as 
a constant source of nutrients for the fungi living in 
water. The production of characteristic conidial- 
shape-like sigmoid, tetraradiate, helicoids and 
branched spores are the significant feature of this 
group of fungi. 


The aquatic fungi of the streams of Western 
Ghat forests of Goa (India) have been a subject of 
study since the publication of a preliminary survey 
of 1 1 streams of the region carried out by Sub- 
ramanian and Bhat in 1981 where Anguillospora 
longissima, Tetracladium setigerum (Grove) Ingold 
and Triscelophorus monosporus were reported for 
the first time from Dudhsagar falls in Goa State. 
Since then, a number of publications appeared on 
these fungi from the forest streams of Western 
Ghats in Karnataka and Kerala and have been 
reviewed in detail by Sridhar & Barlocher (1992). 

The present work aims at the study of occurrence 
and abundance of aquatic fungi on submerged leaf 
litter in different seasons ie., the monsoon, post- 
monsoon and the summer seasons in Goa state. 
Studies were carried out in one stream each in three 
wildlife sanctuaries of Goa - ie., Bondla, Cotigao 
and Molem (Fig. 1). All the three sites have dense 
riparian canopy and have fast running water streams 
during monsoons which dry up during the summer 
seasons. An attempt was made to discover the diversity 
and number of species present in each season. 


216 


Sreekala K. Nair & D.J. Bhat 


MATERIAL AND METHODS 
Sampling sites 

For the study of aquatic fungi occurring in dif- 
ferent seasons, sampling was done at regular inter- 
vals in one stream each in three wild life 
sanctuaries, Bondla, Cotigao and Mollem. Assum- 
ing that the tree canopy may play a decisive role on 
the ecology of aquatic fungi by providing organic 
matter input, only those streams in the sanctuaries 
with dense riparian tree cover were chosen for the 
study. Besides abundance and frequency of occur- 
rence, diversity of aquatic fungi was also studied 
from these sites. The sampling sites are described 
below: 

Stream- 1 . A seasonal moderately fast flowing 
stream originated at a slightly high altitude in the 
ghats and flown down through Bondla wildlife sanc- 
tuary (120 m asl), in Pondataluka was considered 
as stream 1 . The collecting site was about 2 km be- 
fore the entry gate to the sanctuary and 60 km 
north-west of Goa University campus. The stream 
bed at the site was rocky. Banks of the stream on 
either sides were lined mainly by Calamus thwaitesii 
Becc. and Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.) Hook, 
and Bambusa arundinaceae (Retz.) Willd, besides 


If S-% 

MAHARASHTRA 


es\ \ 

• 

P«ia|l 


★ 

— , Stream 1 

\v 

Stream 2 

rCY 

GOA y 



rn o < 7 y 

r* V ^ 


INDIA ^ \ 

★ 

Jy / fata 

Stream 3 


KARNATAKA 


Figure 1. Study area: Western Ghat forests of Goa, India. 


tree species such as Adina cordifolia (Roxb.) Hook., 
Bauhinia tomentosa L., Dillenia indica L., Grewia 
hirsuta Vahl., Hydnocarpus laurifolia (Dennst.) 
Sleumer, Indigo feradalzelii Cooke., Stephania 
japonica Thunb Miers. and Terminalia tomentosa 
Wt. et Arn. 

Stream-2. A fast flowing seasonal stream origin- 
ated at Anmod Ghat and flown down into Bhagavan 
Mahavir sanctuary (230 m asl) was chosen as 
stream 2. The collection site was located about 4 
km west of Mollem in Sanguem Taluka, 65 km west 
of Goa University campus. The stream bed had soft 
soil at the collecting site. Even though a variety of 
tree species was present in the sanctuary, riparian 
vegetation along the stream mainly composed of 
Hopea ponga (Dennst.) Mabb, the roots of which 
extend into the flowing waters along the sides of 
the stream. The other dominant tree species in the 
catchment area included evergreen types such as 
Careya arborea (Roxb.) De Wilde and Tinospora 
cardifolia Miers. 

Stream-3 . A moderately fast flowing seasonal 
stream, originated above in the ghat and flown 
down near Tree-top point of Cotigao wild life sanc- 
tuary (280 m asl) in Canacona Taluka, was con- 
sidered as stream 3 for the study. The stream had 
lateritic soft soil in the bottom and good run off in 
monsoon season but gradually dried up during the 
late post monsoon and summer months. The site 
was 75 km south-east of Goa University campus. 
The catchment area was covered by dense vegeta- 
tion of semi-evergreen and evergreen tree species, 
and some of the dominant riverine trees found in 
the area were Careya arborea (Roxb.), Calycopteris 
floribunda (Roxb) Lamk., Dillenea indica L., 
Grewia hirsuta Vahl., Kandelia candel (L.) Druce., 
Lagerstoemia lanceolata Wall. Ex Wt. et Am., Ter- 
minalia paniculata Roth, and Xylia xylocarpa Taub. 

Sampling seasons and intervals 

Sampling of aquatic hyphomycetes was done 
during three sampling seasons namely monsoon, 
post-monsoon and summer season. During mon- 
soon, from June to September every year, the wind- 
ward western slopes of the Western Ghats receive 
a total rainfall of 250-350 cm. The mean annual 
temperature varies between 22-36 °C, the min- 
imum seldom falling below 18 °C. Humidity ranges 
between 60-90%. All along the Western Ghats, in 


Diversity and seasonal appearance of aquatic fungi in three streams of Western Ghat forests of Goa, India 


217 


monsoon the streams are usually gorgeous with flo- 
wing water. During post-monsoon (October to Janu- 
ary), the streams either have little flowing water or 
mostly at many places exhibit pools of stagnant 
water bodies. In the summer months (February to 
May), the streams are practically dry and without 
water, except those perennial ones where flow of 
water is very slow. 

While raining, fallen leaves from the trees lining 
the stream and river banks and adjoining forests get 
washed into the streams, the leaf litter in the stream 
either remains submerged or gets parked against 
rock crevices, fallen logs or any obstacles. These 
samples were carefully collected and brought to the 
laboratory, assuming that aquatic fungi colonise on 
submerged leaf litter. 

Samples for floristic study 

Spores of Deuteromycotina, Ascomycotina and 
Basidiomycotina get trapped in foam of freshwater 
streams. If a drop of foam is examined under a light 
microscope, spores and hyphal fragments of a 
variety of aquatic fungi can be seen. 

Fixed foam. Foam accumulated on the surface 
of stream water was gathered by gently and re- 
peatedly scooping a wide-mouth glass jar or glass 
petri plate lid over the foam. The collected foam 
was fixed by adding few drops of FAA fixative (a 
mixture of Formaldehyde 40% (5 ml), Glacial 
Acetic Acid (5 ml) and 70% Ethyl alcohol). The 
foam bubbles break into a cream coloured or 
slightly turbid liquid at the bottom of the container. 
The sample was maintained in 10 ml screw-capped 
vials. The vials were appropriately labelled in the 
field indicating the sample number, location and 
date of collection. 

Dried foam. A drop of fresh foam was directly 
placed and spread over a clean slide and air-dried 
at the collection site. The slides were appropriately 
labelled indicating the sample number, location and 
date of collection and brought to the laboratory by 
arranging them vertically and in rows in a slide box. 
These slides were observed under the microscope 
by placing a drop of lactophenol-cotton blue mount- 
ant over the fixed foam dried area. Examination of 
FAA-fixed or air-dried foam under a microscope 
revealed the floristics of aquatic fungi of the catch- 
ment region. The slides examined were deposited 
as specimens at the Herbarium of Botany Depart- 
ment, Goa University (GUBH). 


Leaf I itter. Leaves of trees lining the stream and 
rivers on senescence fall into water. The fallen 
leaves act as substrate for growth and colonisation 
of aquatic fungi (Ingold, 1975). The submerged and 
partially to fully decayed leaf litter and twigs thus 
form excellent source for recovery of aquatic fungi. 
These leaves were hand-picked, thoroughly washed 
in water and placed in clean polythene bags. These 
were transported to the laboratory in ice-pack 
container. Of the decayed and well-skeletonised leaf 
litter brought to the laboratory, 2-3 leaves were 
washed thoroughly with de-ionized tap water and 
placed in large specimen jars containing 1L of 
sterile distilled water. The jars were aerated con- 
tinuously for 5-7 days using a fish tank aerator. The 
aerated water was filtered through a Millipore filter 
(8 pi pore size) and the aquatic spora on the filter 
were counted (Iqbal & Webster, 1973). 

Statistical Analysis 

Data collected during the 24 month study period 
were subjected to statistical analysis. Margaliff’s 
and Shanon’s index were used for analysis of di- 
versity of fungi. Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) 
Test was carried out to analyse the variations in oc- 
currence of fungi in different seasons. The follow- 
ing formulas were used for statistically analysing 
the data obtained during the seasonal study of 
aquatic fungi. 

Percentage Frequency (% F) = 

Total no. of quadrats in which species occurred X 100 
Total no. of quadrants sampled 

Relative Frequency (R.F.) = 

No. of occurrence of a species X 100 
No. of occurrence of all species 

Density (D) = 

Total number of individuals of the species 

Total number of quadrants taken 

Abundance (A) = 

Total number of individuals of a species in all quadrats 

Total number of quadrats in which the species occurred 

The density of fungi on leaf litter, as expressed in 
water by aquatic spora, during the three different 
seasons and their significance of occurrence was ana- 
lysed using ‘Analysis of Variance ’ (ANOVA) test. 


218 


Sreekala K. Nair & D.J. Bhat 


RESULTS 

In all, conidia of 62 species of aquatic fungi 
were recorded in varying concentration in the aer- 
ated water. Fungal taxa seen as conidia in water and 
their average relative abundance (%) are given in 
Table 1 . The relative abundance of species of fungi 
in 3 different seasons at three sites, namely Cotigao, 
Bondla and Molem indicates that during monsoon, 
highest number of species were at Bondla (54). 
Followed by Cotigao (51) and Molem (45). During 
post monsoon, the species richness remained in the 
same order of abundance in three sites ie., Bondla 
(41), Cotigao (37) and Molem (31). However, the 
abundance was in different order in summer, 
showing highest number of species at Cotigao (19), 
followed by Bondla (15) and Molem (16). 

Analysis of variance test (ANOVA) (Table 2) on 
seasonal sampling carried out during the year 
showed a highly significant variation in the species 
richness in three different seasons at three sites and 
the order of significance was as follows: Cotigao 
(4.47), Bondla (3.31) and Molem (2.45). Less 
significant variation was observed between the sites 
during the same seasons: Monsoon (1.69), post- 
monsoon (1.18) and summer (0.92). The significant 
level tested between the places during same seasons 
did not show much variation. The F ratio obtained 
in monsoon, post-monsoon and summer from 
the three sampling sites was 1.84, 1.37 and 0.44, 
respectively. This similarity in significance may be 
attributed to the similar type of vegetation com- 
position seen at the three sites. 

Among the three different seasons chosen for 
the collection of freshwater fungi encountered on 
randomly sampled leaves, highest number of 
species were observed during monsoon (June to 
September) and the lowest during the summer 
(February to May). The results also indicated that 
the density and number of species recorded did not 
show a significant correlation with the pH and 
temperature, which was noted on the sampling sites. 
As an overall analysis, it may be said that occur- 
rence and species density of fungi of a given stream 
ecosystem is largely dependent on factors such as 
rainfall, substrate availability and leaf deposition. 

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS 

The results showed that there is no much differ- 


ence amongst the 3 sites considered for seasonal 
study in their fungal wealth (Fig. 2). This is because 
all the three sites had dense riparian canopy and 
good flow of water in the streams during monsoon 
and post monsoon. Of the fungi recovered, 75.5% 
were foam trapped and 56.3% associated with sub- 
merged leaf litter (Fig. 3). This clearly showed that 
aquatic foam from natural streams will continue to 
be the best source of diverse fungi as described by 
Deseals (1997). 

It may be seen from figure 4 that fungi with 
blastic type of conidiogenesis were of higher per- 
centage (89.65) than phialidic (10.35) type. It may 
be said that from the evolutionary stand point 
(Hawkswort et al., 1995), the fungi of aquatic eco- 
system need not to possess phialidic conidiogenesis. 
This is an instrument largely used for conidiogen- 
esis by fungi in terrestrial environment. 

The study also revealed (Fig. 5) that aquatic 
spora of branched and appendaged type were of 
higher percentage (29.31) followed by tetraradiate 
(24.14), sigmoid (15.52) andhelicoids (1.72). These 
are adaptations for aquatic environment where the 
spora can remain afloat and get disseminated to a 
much larger distance. It has been realised that fungi 
that are taxonomically unrelated while converging 
into water, during the course of evolution exhibited 
similar morphology as an adaptation to aquatic sys- 
tem (Ingold, 1975; Dix & Webster, 1995). As can 
be seen from the study, there is no such significance 
in the abundance of different types of conidia. All 
the three to four types of conidia, ie., appendaged, 
branched, sigmoid and tetraradiate were found in 
abundance in aquatic systems. It is also clear from 
the study that natural foam accumulated on the sur- 
face of water was the best source of aquatic fungi 
(75.5%) for isolation. However, when aerated, 
significantly high percentage was recovered from 
submerged leaves (56.3%). This justified our taking 
of submerged leaves as a substrate to evaluate the 
aquatic flora in the stream ecosystem. Twigs with a 
very low percentage (8.8%) occurrence of aquatic 
fungi proved to be a poor substrate for isolation. 

From the investigation it is clear that monsoon 
and post monsoon seasons are the best for recovery 
of freshwater fungi from the streams of forests of 
Western Ghats, and that those streams with dense 
riparian tree canopy and abundant substrate avail- 
ability would yield higher diversity of aquatic 
fungi. 


Diversity and seasonal appearance of aquatic fungi in three streams of Western Ghat forests of Goa, India 


219 


BONDLA COTIGAO MOLEM 


SI. 

Name of fungus 

M 

PM 

S 

M 

PM 

S 

M 

PM 

S 

1 

Actinospora megalospora Ingold 

0.46 

0.09 

- 

0.19 

0.05 

- 

0.17 

- 

- 

2 

Alatospora acuminate Ingold 

0.93 

0.49 

- 

0.47 

0.39 

0.05 

1.15 

0.39 

- 

3 

Anguillospora crassa Ingold 

3.17 

1.22 

0.59 

3.12 

0.74 

0.29 

1.82 

1.24 

- 

4 

Cylindrocarpon sp. 

1.05 

0.46 

- 

1.38 

0.92 

0.42 

- 

- 

- 

5 

Cylindrocladium sp. 1 

1.75 

0.95 

0.16 

2.30 

2.20 

0.49 

1.02 

0.53 

0.22 

6 

Cylindrocladium sp.2 

3.89 

2.24 

1.88 

3.41 

1.36 

1.19 

11.23 

7.73 

3.46 

7 

Anguillospora longissima (Sacc. et P. Syd.) 
Ingold 

0.39 

- 

- 

1.09 

0.57 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8 

Ardhachandra solenoides (de Hoog) 

Subram et Sudha 

0.19 

0.03 

- 

0.29 

0.12 

- 

0.39 

0.18 

- 

9 

Ardhachandra sp. 

0.82 

0.63 

- 

0.17 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

10 

Articulospora tetracladia Ingold 

0.19 

0.19 

- 

2.13 

1.04 

0.59 

0.79 

0.75 

0.35 

11 

Bahusutrabeeja angularis V. Rao et de Hoog 

1.45 

0.59 

0.19 

1.83 

0.92 

0.62 

1.24 

0.04 

- 

12 

Beltrania rhombica Penz. 

0.75 

0.33 

- 

3.54 

1.86 

- 

3.24 

0.62 

- 

13 

Scutisporus brunneus K.Ando et Tubaki 

0.93 

0.36 

- 

3.19 

1.31 

0.42 

3.46 

1.11 

0.44 

14 

Articulospora sp. 

0.53 

0.06 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

15 

Camposporium pellucidum (Grove) S. Hughes 

0.63 

0.29 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

16 

Campylospora chaetocladia Ranzoni 

1.92 

0.85 

0.29 

1.61 

1.04 

0.29 

3.06 

0.84 

0.13 

17 

Lunulospora curvula Ingold 

1.78 

0.59 

- 

3.04 

0.64 

- 

1.28 

1.06 

- 

18 

Centrospora acerina (R. Hartig) A.G. Newhall 

0.56 

0.06 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

19 

Lemonniera aquatica De Wild. 

- 

- 

- 

0.47 

0.29 

0.19 

0.53 

0.08 

- 

20 

Chaetendophragmia triseptata Matsush. 

0.53 

0.16 

- 

0.42 

0.17 

- 

0.44 

0.13 

- 

21 

Diplocladiella scalaroides G. Amaud ex M.B. Ellis. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1.99 

0.79 

- 

22 

Condylospora spumigia Nawawi 

4.36 

- 

- 

5.25 

1.78 

1.38 

8.21 

1.55 

0.75 

23 

Dactylella ellipsospora (Preuss) Grov. 

2.47 

0.76 

0.29 

4.16 

2.03 

0.82 

2.39 

0.88 

- 

24. 

Dactyl aria sp. 

0.49 

- 

- 

0.59 

- 

- 

0.53 

0.35 

0.26 

25 

Dactyl aria aquatica Udaiyan 

1.25 

0.69 

- 

1.53 

0.67 

- 

0.84 

0.35 

0.22 

26 

Dendrospora erecta Ingold 

0.92 

- 

- 

2.15 

1.06 

0.37 

0.53 

- 

- 

27 

Ceratosporium sp. 

0.46 

0.56 

- 

0.69 

- 

0.39 

0.75 

0.35 

0.22 

28 

Tripospermum myrti (Lind) Hughes 

0.86 

0.69 

- 

0.29 

0.19 

0.12 

0.48 

- 

- 

29 

Lateriramulosa uni-inflata Matsush. 

0.89 

0.06 

0.09 

0.05 

0.19 

0.09 

0.62 

0.22 

- 

30 

Dendrosporium lobatum Plakidas et Edgerton 
ex J.L. Crane 

0.16 

0.06 

- 

0.07 

- 

- 

0.39 

- 

- 

31 

Dichotomophthoropsis aquatica Sreelcala et Bhat 

0.49 

- 

- 

0.12 

0.27 

- 

- 

- 

- 


Table 1/1. Fungal taxa seen as conidia in water and their average relative abundance (%). 


220 


Sreekala K. Nair & D.J. Bhat 


BONDLA COTIGAO MOLEM 


SI. 

Name of fungus 

M 

PM 

S 

M 

PM 

S 

M 

PM 

S 

32 

Dictyochaeta assamica (Agnihothr.) Aramb., 
Cabello et Mengasc 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1.19 

0.57 

0.09 

33 

Endophragmia inaequiseptata Matsush. 

- 

- 

- 

0.12 

0.09 

- 

- 

- 

- 

34 

Flabellospora crassa Alas. 

2.84 

1.88 

- 

1.46 

0.29 

- 

1.24 

0.66 

0.08 

35 

Flagellospora curvula Ingold 

0.96 

0.33 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

36 

Beltraniella odineae Subram. 

0.86 

0.36 

0.16 

0.32 

0.05 

- 

0.35 

0.13 

- 

37 

Flabellospora verticillata Alas. 

0.43 

0.29 

0.19 

0.22 

- 

- 

0.66 

0.35 

0.08 

38 

Flabellospora multiradiata Nawawi 

0.49 

0.39 

0.09 

0.72 

0.12 

- 

0.35 

- 

- 

39 

Helicomyces roseus Link 

0.56 

0.26 

- 

0.05 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

40 

Helocosporium sp. 1 

8.45 

6.97 

0.92 

6.23 

2.87 

- 

2.57 

- 

- 

41 

Helicosporium sp.2 

1.75 

0.36 

0.26 

0.77 

0.29 

- 

0.84 

0.53 

0.18 

42 

Helicosporium sp.3 

3.23 

1.92 

- 

2.00 

- 

- 

0.22 

- 

- 

43 

Ingoldiella hamata Shaw 

2.08 

1.16 

- 

1.68 

1.26 

- 

0.93 

- 

- 

44 

Isthmotricladia laeensis Matsush. 

0.56 

0.26 

- 

0.05 

0.12 

- 

1.99 

1.15 

- 

45 

Isthmotricladia britanica Deseals 

- 

- 

- 

1.46 

- 

0.05 

- 

- 

- 

46 

Nawawia filiformis (Nawawi) Marvanova 

0.53 

0.49 

0.36 

0.69 

0.29 

0.19 

0.84 

0.44 

0.13 

47 

Phalangispora constricta Nawawi et J. Webster 

0.66 

0.36 

- 

0.29 

0.19 

- 

- 

- 

- 

48. 

Mycoleptodiscus indicus (V.P. Sahni) B. Sutton 

0.19 

0.19 

- 

0.22 

0.05 

- 

0.13 

0.04 

- 

49 

Tetrachaetum elegans Ingold 

0.49 

- 

- 

0.54 

0.35 


0.26 

- 

- 

50 

Sopagraha sibika Subram. et Sudha 

0.69 

0.39 

0.26 

0.72 

0.37 

- 

0.44 

0.04 

- 

51 

Speiropsis hyalospora Subram. et Lodha 

0.46 

0.16 

- 

0.07 

- 

- 

0.35 

0.31 

0.08 

52 

Speiropsis pedatospora Tubaki 

0.65 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

53 

Subulispora sp.l 

0.39 

- 

- 

0.42 

- 

- 

0.84 

- 

- 

54 

Subulispora sp.2 

0.23 

- 

- 

0.05 

- 

- 

0.79 

- 

- 

55 

Tetraploa aristata Berk, et Broome 

0.63 

- 

- 

0.39 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

56 

Tetrad adium sp. 

0.23 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.53 

- 

- 

57 

Tetracladium angulatum Ingold 

3.17 

0.63 

0.36 

1.28 

0.64 

0.17 

3.86 

0.66 

0.26 

58 

Triscelophorus acuminatus Nawawi 

- 



0.29 

- 

- 

0.62 

- 

- 

59 

Triscelophorus konajensis K.R. Sridhar et Kaver. 

- 

- 

- 

0.39 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

60 

Triscelophorus monosporus Ingold 

0.39 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

61 

Seimatosporium sp. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.22 

- 

- 

62 

Robillarda phragmitis Cunnell 

0.26 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 


Total (no. of species) 

54 

42 

15 

51 

37 

19 

45 

31 

16 


Table 1/2. Fungal taxa seen as conidia in water and their average relative abundance (%). 


Diversity and seasonal appearance of aquatic fungi in three streams of Western Ghat forests of Goa, India 


221 


Places 

Seasons 

Experimental Method 



Sum of 
squares 

Degree of 
Freedom 

Mean 

square 

F ratio 

Significance 

Bondla 

Between 

seasons 

8604.65 

2 

4302.33 

3.13 

Yes 

Residual 

148591.24 

108 

1375.84 



Cotigao 

Between 

seasons 

16697.25 

2 

8348.63 

4.47 

Yes 

Residual 

199862.1 

107 

1867.87 



Molcm 

Between 

seasons 

6875.37 

2 

3437.69 

2.45 

Yes 

Residual 


91 

1402.71 



Monsoons 

Between 

places 

127646.46 

2 

3989.72 

1.69 

No 

Residual 

361992.46 

154 

2350.60 



Post- 

Monsoons 

Between 

places 

2281.51 

2 

1 140.79 

1.18 

No 

Residual 

102324.58 

106 

965.33 



Summer 

Between 

places 

469.65 

2 

234.83 

0.92 

No 

Residual 

1 1782.76 

46 

256.15 




Table 2. Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) for the three sampling sites. 




Foam Submerged Twigs 
leaves 



Figure 2. Seasonal occurrence of acquatic fungi in different seasons. Figure 3. Substrate specificity of acquatic fungi. Figure 
4. Percentage occurrence of conidia based on its conidiogenesis. Figure 5. Percentage appeareance of different types of 
conidia. 


222 


Sreekala K. Nair & D.J. Bhat 


REFERENCES 

Barlocher F., 1992. Recent developments in stream eco- 
logy and their relevance to aquatic mycology. In: The 
Ecology of Aquatic Hyphomycetes. Barlocher F. 
(Ed.). Springer- Verlag, Berlin, 16-37. 

Barlocher F. & Kendrick B., 1976. Hyphomycetes as in- 
termediaries of energy flow in streams. In: Recent 
Advances in Aquatic Mycology, Jones E.B.G (Ed.) 
Elek Science, London, 435-445. 

Deseals E., 1997. Ingoldian Fungi from the Catalan 
Pyrenees: Pure culture studies. Mycotaxon, 58: 431- 
466. 

Dix. N.J. & Webster J., 1995. Fungal Ecology. Chapman 
and Hall, London, UK. 

Graca M.A.S., Maltby L. & Calow P., 1993. Importance 
of fungi in the diet of Grammarus pulex and Asellus 
aquaticus I. Feeding strategies. Oecologia, 93: 139— 
144. 


Hawksworth D.L., Kirk P.M., Sutton B.C. & Peglor 
D.N., 1995. Ainsworth and Bisbys Dictionary of the 
Fungi. 8th Edition. Common Wealth Mycological 
Institute, Kew, UK. 

Ingold C.T., 1975. An Illustrated Guide to Aquatic and 
Water-borne Hyphomycetes fungi Imperfercti with 
Notes on their Biology. Freshwater Biology Associ- 
ation. Science Publication, 30: 1-96. 

Iqbal S.H & Webster J., 1973. The trapping of aquatic 
hyphomycete spores by air bubbles. Transactions of 
the British Mycological Society, 60: 37-48. 

Koushik N.K. & Hynes H.B.N., 1971. The fate of dead 
leaf that fall into the streams. Archiv fur Hydrobio- 
logie, 68: 465-515. 

Sridhar K.R & Barlocher F., 1992. Aquatic hyphomy- 
cetes in spruce roots. Mycologia, 84: 580-584. 

Subramanian C.V & Bhat D.J., 1981. Conidia from 
freshwater foam samples from the Western Ghats, 
Southern India. Kavaka, 9: 45-62. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 223-228 


Contribution to the flora of United Arab Emirates: Glinus 
lotoides L.s Molluginaceae) and Senna occidentalis L.( Fabaceae 
two new records 


Tamer Mahmoud 1 *, Sanjay Gairola 1 , Hatem Shabana 1 &Ali El-Keblawy 2 


'Sharjah Seed Bank and Herbarium, Sharjah Research Academy, Sharjah, United Arab Emirates 
department of Applied Biology, Faculty of Science, University of Sharjah, Sharjah, United Arab Emirates 
"■Corresponding author, e-mail: tamer_mahmed@yahoo.com 


ABSTRACT This paper reports Glinus lotoides L. (Molluginaceae) and Senna occidentalis L. (Fabaceae) 

as two new records to the flora of the United Arab Emirates (UAE). In the UAE, G. lotoides 
grows in the seasonally inundated land when the water recedes and soils have high clay 
contents. This is the only representative species of the genus Glinus in the UAE. Hence, we 
added a new genus to the country’s flora. Senna occidentalis was recorded from Wadi Al-Ain 
with ca. 15 individuals in its population. This species is considered as a weed elsewhere, so, 
there should be further assessments in order to monitor naturalization potential in its new 
localities in the UAE. The general distribution of the newly recorded species, habitat pref- 
erences and taxonomy with a map of localities in the UAE are presented. The occurrence of 
both species in different places in the UAE calls for further investigation and more extensive 
field studies to explore the country’s genetic resources. 

KEY WORDS Floristic survey; Glinus lotoides ; Senna occidentalis ; new record; UAE. 

Received 15.04.2016; accepted 03.06.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

The United Arab Emirates (UAE) is characteri- 
zed by a wide variety of habitats (i.e., mountainous, 
coastal lowlands, desert and alluvial plains) that 
support unique diversity of plant genetic resources. 
Despite the UAE is regarded as floristically poor, it 
harbors unique plants with remarkable morpholo- 
gical, physiological and anatomical adaptations 
strategies that enable them tolerating the very harsh 
climatic conditions prevailing in the country 
(Tourenq & Launay, 2008). 

The UAE supports varying amounts of sparse 
seasonal vegetation. The flora of the UAE accounts 
for ca. 750 species of vascular plants including 
important native plant species and is affected by 


alien invasive species (El-Keblawy & Abdel Fatah, 
2014). 

Although it might be regarded that there is a 
reasonable knowledge on the general distribution 
of vascular plants in the UAE, recent studies 
showed new regular discoveries that enriching the 
flora of the country (e.g., Gairola et al., 2015; 
Mahmoud et al., 2015a, b; Shahid & Rao, 2015). 
There are some potentially very interesting remote 
areas (e g., mountainous regions) thus have not 
been fully explored floristically. In such areas, 
certain new plant records or new species to the 
UAE are waiting to be recorded. For example, in a 
recent survey for the flora of the remote area of 
Wadi Helo, El-Keblawy et al. (2016) recorded 6 
species new to the UAE flora. 


224 


Tamer Mahmoud etalii 


Since 2009, the research team of the Sharjah 
Seed Bank & Herbarium (SSBH) is extensively 
exploring plant diversity of the country. It was real- 
ized that the exploration of non-recorded species is 
vital in assessing the genetic resources, especially 
in the more vulnerable and remote high mountains 
in this harsh part of the world. As a continuation of 
such explorations, some taxa have been recently 
collected from the region and added as new records 
to the flora of the UAE. The recent contributions to 
the flora of the UAE include a series of joint botan- 
ical collecting trips involving the staff of Kew 
Herbarium and SSBH (e.g., Heller & El-Keblawy, 
2013; Gairola et al., 2015; Mahmoud et al., 2015a, 
b) and various other researchers (e.g., Feulner, 
1997; Boer & Chaudhary, 1999.; Brown et al., 
2006; Shahid, 2014; Shahid & Rao, 2014a, b; 
Shahid & Rao, 2015) have revealed the presence of 
some spontaneously occurring plant species new to 
the UAE. The recently published new records from 
the UAE are important additions to Jongbloed 
(2003) and Karim & Fawzi (2007). However, a few 
noil-indigenous invasive or weedy elements that 
have been recorded for the first time among the 
flora of the UAE need critical monitoring to assess 
their future distribution. The climatic and environ- 
mental harshness of the Arabian deserts might 
hinder the invasion of alien plant species. However, 
the increasing human impacts, such as habitat 
fragmentation, encroachment of natural habitats 
through farmland and expansion of residential areas 
are threatening the natural flora. Some of the unre- 



Figure 1. Map showing the sites where G. lotoides 
and S. occidentalis was found in UAE. 


corded species of the UAE flora might extinct be- 
fore being discovered. Present article sheds light on 
the distribution, habitats preferences, and taxonomy 
of two newly recorded plant species in the UAE. 

MATERIAL AND METHODS 

During the years 2015-2016, floristic surveys 
were undertaken in different parts of the UAE and 
samples of a particular plant species were collected 
for observation and identification. The digital pho- 
tos of plants in their natural habitat were also taken 
to facilitate the identification process. Preliminary 
identification of Glinus lotoides L. (Molluginaceae) 
and Senna occidentalis L. (Fabaceae) was done 
using taxonomic keys in different flora books, in- 
cluding Flora of Arabian Peninsula and Socotra 
(Miller & Cope, 1996). The identification of G. 
lotoides was confirmed by Dr. Jacob Thomas, a key 
taxonomist in the Arabian flora. Once the species 
was identified, the collected material with voucher 
numbers, family, species and collection details was 
kept at the Sharjah Seed Bank & Herbarium, 
Sharjah Research Academy, Sharjah. Flora of UAE 
(Karim & Fawzi, 2007) and other available litera- 
ture (e.g., Jongbloed, 2003) were thoroughly 
checked and have been found that there were no 
previous records for G. lotoides and S. occidentalis 
from the country. 

Therefore, we consider these plants are a new 
addition to the flora of UAE. For each species, syn- 
onyms, general distribution, habitat preferences, 
and taxonomy as well as a list of localities recorded 
are presented. 

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 

During our recent floristic surveys, it became 
apparent that G. lotoides was recorded for the first 
time from UAE. Another newly recorded species S. 
occidentalis was found growing in a moist habitat 
of wadi Al Ain bed. Furthermore, after going 
through the literatures, it has been confirmed that 
G. lotoides and S. occidentalis are new records to 
the UAE flora. 

Glinus lotoides is recorded from the adjacent 
countries including Saudi Arabia and Oman (Miller 
& Cope, 1996). Figure 1 and Table 1 present the 


Contribution to the flora of United Arab Emirates: Glinus lotoides L and Senna occidentalis L. two new records 225 


Locality/ Species 

Latitude 

Longitude 

Alt. (m) 

Phenology 

Local status 

Glinus lotoides 






Wadi Ham Dam, Fujairah 

25.13311 

56.28102 

80 

Vegetative 

Not common 

WadiAl Quor Dam, Ras Al 
Khaimah 

24.90565 

56.15346 

238 

Flowering and 
Fruiting 

Co-dominant 

Wadi Al Mansab Dam, Ras 
Al Khaimah 

25.06022 

55.99275 

255 

Flowering 

Common 

Wadi Al Mudaynah Dam, 
Ras Al Khaimah 

25.03348 

56.02315 

300 

Flowering 

Not common 

Wadi Shawkah Dam, Ras 
Al Khaimah 

25.10585 

56.04448 

295 

Flowering 

Common 

Wadi Al Qasheesh Dam, 
Ras Al Khaimah 

25.13964 

56.01296 

240 

Vegetative 

Common 

Wadi Sfmi Dam, Ras Al 
Khaimah 

25.17176 

56.10849 

320 

Vegetative 

Rare 

Senna occidentalis 






Wadi Al Ain (upstream) 

24.20895 

55.77321 

290 

Fruiting 

Not Common 

Wadi Al Ain (upstream) 

24.20232 

55.72448 

260 

Flowering and 
Fruiting 

Not Common 


Table 1 . Recording site details, phenology and local status of Glinus lotoides and Senna occidentalis populations in UAE. 


collection localities of G. lotoides and S. occi- 
dentalis in the UAE. The population of G. lotoides 
was recorded repeatedly in different seasonally 
inundated areas, especially in the front of dams 
(Figs. 2, 3). In a few sites, G. lotoides occurs in 
large numbers and establishes a viable population. 
It is worth mentioning that G. lotoides is the only 
representative of the genus Glinus in the UAE flora. 

The population of S. occidentalis consists of ca. 
1 5 individuals and was found in moist, sandy areas 
in Wadi A1 Ain (Figs. 4, 5). It is important to mention 
here that S. occidentalis is regarded as an alien weed 
elsewhere (Holm et al., 1997; Wu et al., 2003). 
Therefore, the population of S. occidentalis should 
be monitored for its naturalization potential and long- 
term observations need to be conducted to prove the 
future weedy status of this species in the UAE. 

The brief below descriptions of the two newly 
recorded species are based on various flora books. 
In addition, we relied on the description of our col- 
lected specimens from the UAE. 

Glinus lotoides L. 

Synonyms. Mollugo hirta Thunb., Mollugo 
lotoides (Linn.) O. Kuntze, Glinus dictamnoides 
Burman f. and Mollugo glinus A. Richard. 


Description. Prostrate to spreading annual or 
short-lived perennial, up to 50 cm high. Stems 
procumbent or decumbent, stellate-tomentose 
throughout. Leaves elliptic to obovate and ob- 
cordate, to 20 mm long, acute to obtuse, hairy; 
petiolate. Flowers in axillary clusters of 3-15, sub- 
sessile, shortly pedicellate; pedicel up to 1.5 mm 
long. Capsule sub-globose or oblong, ca. 6 mm 
long, membranous, enclosed in the sepals. Seeds, 
many tuberculate, strophiolate, less than 1 mm long, 
orange-brown in colour. 

Distribution. Glinus lotoides is native to Eurasia 
and Africa and has become widespread in tropical, 
subtropical and warm-temperate areas worldwide 
(El-Hamidi et al., 1967). Regionally, it is recorded 
in Saudi Arabia, Oman, Yemen and Socotra. In the 
UAE, it was reported from Fujairah and Ras Al 
Khaimah. 

Flowering and Fruiting. January-March. In 
the UAE, it was recorded in flowering and fruiting 
stage in some sites, but in vegetative phase in other 
sites. 

Habitat. Glinus lotoides was found growing in 
occasionally inundated areas in wet clay soils. It 
was recorded in seven sites in the front of dams and 
water breakers. 


226 


Tamer Mahmoud etalii 


Associate species. Asphodelus tenuifolius Cav., 
Erucaria hispanica (L.) Drace, Launaea capitata 
(Spreng.) Dandy, Physorhynchus chamaerapistrum 
Boiss., Sisymbrium erysimoides Desf. 

Medicinal uses. Glinus lotoides serves a vari- 
ety of medicinal purposes. This species is used as 
treatment for diarrhea, boils and abdominal diseases 
as well as weakness in children (Kirtikar & Basu, 
1935; Qureshi et al., 2010). Antihelmintic properties 
are reported for G. lotoides from several African 
studies (Abegaz & Tecle, 1980; Broberg, 1980). 

Senna occidentalis (Linnaeus) Link 

Synonyms. Cassia occidentalis L. 

Description. Senna occidentalis is an annual or 
perennial undershrub, erect, up to 1.5 m high. 
Leaves ca. 20 cm; stipules caducous, triangular to 
lanceolate, petiole 3-4 cm, with a large, brown, 
ovoid gland near the petiole base. Leaflets 3-5 (or 
6) pairs, ovate to ovate-oblong; mucronate, oppos- 
ite, petiolule ca. 1 mm. Inflorescence pedunculate, 
axillary or terminal, corymbose raceme forming 
terminal panicles. Flowers ca. 2 cm. Sepals un- 
equal, outer ones suborbicular, ca. 6 mm in diam., 
inner ones ovate, 8-9 mm. Petals yellow, purplish 
veined, 2 outer slightly larger, shortly clawed. 
Legume 9-12 cm long, brown, with pale thick 
margins, strap-shaped, falcate, flattened, 10-13 x 
ca. 1 cm with septa between seeds. Seeds flat, or- 
bicular, pale-brown. 

Distribution. Wadi Al-Ain in the UAE. A 
circumtropical weed, possibly native to tropical 
America; widely introduced and naturalized in the 
tropics and subtropics elsewhere (Wu & Raven, 
1994). 

Flowering and Fruiting. November-June. In 
the UAE, flowering and fruiting were recorded 
during May. 

Habitat. Wadis in shady moist places. 

Associate species. Cenchrus ciliaris L., Cyn- 
odon dactylon (L.) Pers., Senna italica Mill., Ses- 
bania sesban (L.) Merr, Tephrosia apollinea 
(Delile) DC., Ziziphus spina-christi (L.) Desf. 

Way of introduction in UAE. Unknown. The 
recorded locations of S. occidentalis in Wadi Al Ain 


basin are adjacent to the territory of the neighboring 
country Oman from where the wadi originates. So, 
the seeds might have been introduced through this 
corridor of the Wadi bed from Oman to the UAE. 
Senna occidentalis also might have been introduced 
with transported agricultural materials to many 
farms present on both sides of the Wadi. 

Invasive/weedy status. Casual in the UAE but 
need further assessment as this species is listed 
among the world's worst weeds (Hsu, 1975; Holm 
et al., 1997; Wu et al., 2003). 

Medicinal uses. Senna occidentalis has been 
known to possess antibacterial, antifungal, antidia- 
betic, anti-inflammatory and hepatoprotective activ- 
ity (Yadav et al., 2010). Leaves and seeds are 
externally applied as antiperiodic to be useful in the 
cure of itch and other cutaneous diseases. A decoc- 
tion of the root is said to be diuretic. Seeds are 
roasted and used as a substitute for coffee in French 
Africa and Argentina. 

CONCLUSIONS 

Glinus lotoides , a therophyte, was found in sea- 
sonally inundated areas. It is obvious that due to the 
cryptic nature and seasonal growth cycles of certain 
plants, especially in unpredictable desert environ- 
ments, ecological surveys are sometimes unable to 
detect all species present at particular sites, such as 
flooded habitats. Therefore, floristic surveys follow- 
ing natural flooding would help to document full 
floristic diversity of the temporarily inundated areas. 
On the other hand, S. occidentalis is likely to be 
found in the early stages of its naturalization in the 
UAE. Consequently, regular field assessments of S. 
occidentalis should be undertaken to monitor its 
population dynamics and naturalization potential. 

From the literatures, it is evident that most of the 
newly recorded species for the country are desert 
annuals. In fact, many desert annuals characterist- 
ically form persistence seed banks and can be ab- 
sent for many years and only appear in particularly 
wet seasons. Therefore, floristic surveys through- 
out a range of seasons are suggested to fully docu- 
ment the flora present in the country. As the UAE, 
like most of the other Arab Gulf countries, is 
experiencing a fast growth and development, 
particularly in the agricultural exchange, there is a 


Contribution to the flora of United Arab Emirates: Glinus lotoides L and Senna occidentalis L. two new records 227 



Figures 2, 3. Glinus lotoides : habitat (Fig. 2); flowering twig with fruit capsules (Fig. 3). 
Figures 4, 5. Senna occidentalis : flowering twig (Fig. 4); pods (Fig. 5). 


possibility of spontaneous occurrence of new vas- 
cular plants to the country’s flora. The increased 
knowledge of the existence of newly recorded 
species and their habitats can assist to detect, 
monitor, measure and predict changes in biological 
diversity and its conservation. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The authors sincerely thank Sharjah Research 
Academy for encouragement and support. Mo- 
hammed Hassan and Mohammed Fiaz of the Sharjah 


Seed Bank & Herbarium are thanked for their help 
in the field work. We also thank Dr Jacob Thomas of 
KSU for confirmation of the identity of G. lotoides. 

REFERENCES 

Abegaz B. & Tecle B., 1980. Anew triterpenoid glycoside 
from the seeds of Glinus lotoides. Phytochemistry, 
19: 1553-1554. 

Boer B. & Chaudhary S.A., 1999. New records for the 
flora of the United Arab Emirates. Willdenowia, 29: 
159-165. 




228 


Tamer Mahmoud etalii 


Broberg G., 1980. Observations of the action of extracts 
of Glinus lotoides on the miracidia of Fasciola 
gigantica and Schistosoma mansoni. Suomen elain- 
laakarilehti; Finsk veterinartidskrift., 3: 146-147. 

Brown G., Aspinall S. & Gardner D., 2006. Cutandia 
dichotoma (Forssk.) Trabut, a remarkable new 
species of annual grass for the UAE. Tribulus, 16: 
30-31. 

El-Hamidi A., Negm S. & Sharaf A., 1967. An invest- 
igation of Glinus lotoides. Qualitas Plantarum et 
Materiae Vegetabiles, 14: 147-155. 

El-Keblawy A. & Abdelfatah M.A., 2014. Impacts of 
native and invasive exotic Prosopis congeners on soil 
properties and associated flora in the arid United Arab 
Emirates. Journal of Arid Environments, 100: 1-8. 

El-Keblawy A., Khedr A. & Khafaga T., 2016. Veget- 
ation Composition and Diversity of Wadi Helo: A Case 
Study in Hajar Mountains. Arid Land Research and 
Management. DOI: 10.1080/15324982.2015.1136970 

Feulner G.R., 1997. First observations of Olea cf. 
europaea and Ehretia obtusifolia in the UAE. 
Tribulus, 7: 12-14. 

Gairola S., Mahmoud T. & El-Keblawy A., 2015. 
Sphaeralcea bonariensis (Malvaceae): a newly 
recorded introduced species in the flora of the United 
Arab Emirates. Phytotaxa, 213: 151-154. 

Heller T. & El-Keblawy A., 2013. Seed Conservation in 
Sharjah. In: "Plant Life of South West Asia” Con- 
ference, organized by Royal Botanic Garden 
Edinburgh, UK on July 5, 2013. 

Holm L.G., Doll J., Holm E., Pancho J. & Herberger J., 
1997. World Weeds. Natural Histories and Distribu- 
tion. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Toronto. 

Hsu C.C., 1975. Illustrations of Common Plants of 
Taiwan, Volume One: Weeds. Taiwan Provincial 
Education Association, Taipei, Taiwan. 

Jongbloed M.V.D., 2003. The Comprehensive Guide to 
the Wild Flowers of the United Arab Emirates. Envir- 
onmental Research and Wildlife Development 
Agency, Abu-Dhabi, UAE. 

Karim F. & Fawzy N., 2007. Flora of the United Arab 
Emirates. UAE University Publication, Al-Ain, UAE. 

Kirtikar K.R. & Basu B.D., 1935. Indian medicinal plants 
Vol. 1-4. Lalit Mohan Basu Publications, Allahabad, 
India. 


Mahmoud T., Gairola S. & El-Keblawy A., 2015a. 
Parthenium hysterophorus and Bidens pilosa, two 
new records to the invasive weed flora of the United 
Arab Emirates. Journal on New Biological Reports, 
4: 26-32. 

Mahmoud T., Gairola S., Shabana H. & El-Keblawy A., 
2015b. Sesbania bispinosa (Jacq.) W. Wight and 
Trifolium repens L. (Fabales Fabaceae) two new 
legume records for natural flora of the United Arab 
Emirates. Biodiversity Journal, 6: 719-722. 

Miller A.G. & Cope T.A., 1996. Flora of the Arabian 
Peninsula and Socotra. Vol. 1, Edinburgh Univ. 
Press in Association with Royal Botanic Garden 
Edinburgh, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK. 

Qureshi R., Bhatti G.R. & Memon R.A., 2010. Eth- 
nomedicinal uses of herbs from northern part of Nara 
desert. Pakistan Journal of Botany, 42: 839-851. 

Shahid M., 2014. New records for two alien Asteraceae 
species in the United Arab Emirates. Journal on 
New Biological Reports, 3: 115-119. 

Shahid M. & Rao N.K., 2014a. New records of two 
species of Caryophyllaceae in the flora of the United 
Arab Emirates. Tribulus, 22: 66-68. 

Shahid M. & Rao N.K., 2014b. Datura ferox and 
Oldenlandia corymbosa : New record to the UAE 
flora. Journal on New Biological Reports, 3: 170— 
174. 

Shahid M. & Rao K.N., 2015. New records of eight plant 
species in the United Arab Emirates. Tribulus, 23: 
122-128. 

Tourenq C. & Launay F., 2008. Challenges facing biod- 
iversity in the United Arab Emirates. Management of 
Environmental Quality: An International Journal, 19: 
283-304. 

Wu S.H., Chaw S.M. & RejmanekM., 2003. Naturalized 
Fabaceae (Leguminosae) species in Taiwan: the first 
approximation. Botanical Bulletin of Academia 
Sinica, 44: 59-66. 

Yadav J.P., Arya V., Yadav S., Panghal M., Kumar S. & 
Dhankhar S., 2010. Cassia occidentals L.: a review 
on its ethnobotany, phytochemical and pharmacolo- 
gical profile. Fitoterapia, 81: 223-230. 

Wu Z.Y. & Raven P.H. (Eds.), 1994. Flora of China. 
Science Press, Beijing; Missouri Botanical Garden 
Press, St. Louis. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 229-232 


Quality of swimming waters in the Gulf of Skikda (Algeria) 


Souheila Ouamane 1 *, Lyamine Mezedjri 1,2 &AliTahar 2 


'SNV Department, Faculty of Science, University August 20th, 55, Skikda 21000, Algeria 

laboratory of vegetable biology and environment, Department of Biology, Faculty of Science, University Badji Mokhtar, Annaba 
23000, Algeria; email: pr_tahar_ali@hotmail.com 
^Corresponding author, email: ouamane.pg@gmail.com 


ABSTRACT The purpose of this study is to determine the bacteriological and physico-chemical quality of 

swimming waters in the region of Skikda (Algeria), a popular tourist area known for its many 
beaches, through the water analysis of ten sites. This monitoring program was carried out for 
a period of five months. 

KEY WORDS swimming waters; bacteriological pollution, physico-chemical parameters; Gulf of Skikda. 

Received 20.04.2016; accepted 31.05.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

The sea is an essential element of our life, 
source of food and of leisures; it represents, in most 
Mediterranean countries, a significant part in the 
economy, thanks to tourism, it concentrates in fact 
over 30% of international tourism (UNEP/MAP, 
2012); its quality has therefore a major importance. 
These last years, strong urbanization, tourism and 
democratization of aquatic activities involved 
an increase in frequentation of the Mediterranean 
coastline and therefore a degradation of the quality 
of coastal waters. 

In this study, we will try to determine the micro- 
biological and physico-chemical quality of the 
swimming waters of the Gulf of Skikda through 
the water analysis of a ten station thus covering the 
entire Gulf. 


MATERIAL AND METHODS 

The wilaya of Skikda is located in north-eastern 
Algeria bordering the Mediterranean Sea and has 
a coastline of over 140 km long. Our study area 


gathers two villages and extends over twenty kilo- 
meters, it includes, east beaches Filfila and Ben 
M'hidi about 1 5 Km and to the west, a road about 3 
Km beaches (Fig. 1). In addition the Gulf of Skikda 
is a discharge point for many wadis: Wadi Safsaf 
the main one, flowing in the center of the Gulf, and 
two secondary wadis at Filfila. 

The samples, transport and analysis of seawater 
samples were conducted according to guidelines for 
the monitoring of the quality of swimming waters. 
This monitoring program was carried out for a 
period of five months (December 2013-April 
2013). The collected data were measured in each 
seawater sample taken per month per site. The 
analysis focuses on the quantification of faecal 
indicator bacteria (total coliforms, faecal and faecal 
streptococci) using the method of the enumeration 
in liquid medium by determining the most probable 
number (MPN); as well as determining certain 
physicochemical parameters (electrical conduct- 
ivity, pH, dissolved oxygen, ...). 

The health status of swimming water is assessed 
based on the results obtained and compared to 
thresholds, quality bacteriological and physico- 
chemical criteria present in the Executive Decree 
No. 93-164. 


230 


Sou H El LA OUAMANE ET ALII 


Moreover, in order to compare the averages of 
the different physico-chemical parameters meas- 
ured between the ten sites, we used the test of the 
analysis of variance in a criterion of classification 
(ANOVA), fixed pattern. 

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 

Regarding the average results recorded for the 
various physico-chemical parameters, we note that 
those are in adequacy with the quality standards 
required for swimming waters by the standards in 
force (Table 1). The temporal variation of the 
concentrations of different germs sought shows that 
they fluctuate in the same way showing their dom- 
inance during the month of December (Fig. 2). This 
can be justified by climatic conditions recorded 
during this month which resulted in the discharge 
of rainwater directly into the sea without treatments, 
the high flows of urban waste and wadis, the agita- 
tion of the water, etc. (Mazieres, 1963). 

Moreover, presence of enteric bacteria in the sea 
water can be justified by several phenomena and 
is conditioned by a number of specific parameters 
including: 


- Physical factors: temperature, absorption / ad- 
sorption, dispersion, dilution, sedimentation, light 
(bactericidal radiation at shallow depths only) (see 
Carlucci & Pramer, 1959; Brisou, 1968; UNEP / 
WHO, 1983; Pommepuy et al., 1991; Gourmelon, 
1995); 

- Chemical factors: salinity (selection factor), 
and dietary deficiencies in vitamins, fasting, dissol- 
ved oxygen (Carlucci & Pramer, 1959; Brisou, 
1968); 

- Biological factors: microphage plankton or ad- 
sorbent, benthos and nekton (macrophage-plan- 
kton), vital competition, bacteriophages (Brisou, 
1968; Oger et al., 1983; Gourmelon., 1995). 

All these factors act together; either simultane- 
ously or in successive steps in time and in space, to 
reduce the number of bacteria or eliminate them. 

The spatial variation of the concentrations of 
different germs sought allows us to see that as, a 
whole, the average results recorded are in adequacy 
with the quality standards for swimming waters ex- 
cept for the fourth site where registered rates are si- 
gnificantly higher than the limit values required for 
fecal coliforms and fecal streptococci (Fig. 3). The 
results obtained at the fourth site, namely the 
“Beach la jetee" shows a fecal contamination and, 



Figure 1 . Location of the study area and sampling sites, Gulf of Skikda, Algeria. 


Quality of swimming waters in the Gulf of Skikda (Algeria) 


231 


therefore, its poor bacteriological quality. The pres- 
ence of an urban emissary explains these results and 
justifies its permanent closure for swimming. 

Moreover, analysis of total coliforms does not 
allow to assess the quality of water because a great 
heterogeneity of species is grouped under this term. 
In fact, some of them are certainly of fecal origin 
and may reflect a fecal pollution of water, but others 
are found naturally in the soil or vegetation (Rodier 
et al., 2005); Today, only the detection of fecal co- 
liforms, specifically Escherichia coli and intestinal 
enterococci, in water must seriously let suspect 
fecal contamination, since they are the most reliable 
enteric pathogens, and therefore the best way to 
detect recent fecal contaminations (Payment & 
Hartmann, 1998; Scientific Group on Water, 2003). 

The results of the univariate analysis of variance 
(ANOVA) for the five physicochemical variables 
measured, allow us to note the lack of significant 
differences between the waters of the ten sites 
studied (Table 2), which confirms our previous 
observations as to the equivalence of swimming 
waters sites studied from the physico-chemical 
point of view. 






Conduct i 
vity 

(mS/cm) 

Saturation 


T(°C) 

PH 

Salinity 

dissolved 

0 2 (%) 

Site 1 
«chateau- 

13.82 

7.62 

36.40 

54.72 

106.68 

vert » 






Site 2 
«paradis » 

13.88 

7,7 

36.42 

54.74 

106.62 

Site 3 
« molo » 

14.24 

7.60 

36.46 

54.70 

104.88 

Site 4 
«la jetee » 

13.76 

7.61 

36.04 

54.22 

98.18 

Site 5 
«poste 1 » 

14.76 

7.72 

36.24 

54.82 

106.90 

Site 6 
«bikini » 

13.78 

7.62 

36.32 

54.80 

104.62 

Site 7 
«poste 2 » 

14.66 

7.75 

36.24 

54.92 

108.08 

Site 8 
«poste 5 » 

14.58 

7.74 

36.22 

54.84 

107.90 

Site 9 
«poste 6 » 

14.84 

7.67 

36.16 

54.94 

108.88 

Site 1 0 
«poste 7 » 

14.78 

7.67 

36.34 

54.96 

108.84 


Table 1 . Average results of physico-chemical 
parameters measured. 



Figure 2. Temporal variation of germs recorded 
during the study period. 



Figure 3. Spatial variation of germs recorded 
during the study period. 


232 


Sou H El LA OUAMANE ET ALII 


Variables 

Sources 

of 

variation 

ddl 

SCE 

CM 

Fobs 

T(°C) 

Sites 

9 

9.55 

1.062 

0.096 ns 

PH 

Sites 

9 

0.142 

0.016 

0.108 ns 

m 

Sites 

9 

0.751 

0.083 

1.203 ns 

Conductivity 

(mS/cm) 

Sites 

9 

2.032 

0.226 

0.236 ns 

0 2 (%) 

Sites 

9 

450.074 

50.008 

1.285 ns 


Table 2. Results of the analysis of variance (ANOVA) of 
fixed patterns in comparisons between the sites; for each of 
the five physicochemical variables, average values were 
considered. Abbreviations: ddl = degrees of freedom; SCE 
= sum of squared deviations; CM = mean square; Fobs = F 
value Fischer. 

CONCLUSION 

So, in the light of the results of physico-chemical 
analysis, the swimming waters of the different study 
sites are good given the Algerian standards, since 
results are not above the normal values for swim- 
ming waters. 

However when considering bacteriological ana- 
lyses such waters show, depending on the months 
and the sites, although in the standards, a relat- 
ively high rate of coliforms and streptococci, thus 
allowing us to suggest the existence of a kind 
of pollution of various origins (mainly urban waste 
and stormwater runoff flowing into the sea without 
treatment), observed especially at site 4, but present 
at all other sites, even if less obvious. 

REFERENCES 

Brisou J., 1968. The microbial pollution, viral and para- 
sitic of coastal waters and its consequences for public 


health. Bulletin of the World Health Organization, 38: 
79-118. 

Carlucci A.F. & Pramer D., 1959. Factors affecting the 
survival of bacteria in sea water. Journal of Applied 
Microbiology, 6: 388-392. 

Gourmelon M., 1995. Study of the visible light as the 
factor limiting the survival of Escherichia coli in the 
marine environment, Phd thesis in biological sciences 
and health, University of Rennes 1, Rennes. 

The Scientific Group on water, 2003. Escherichia coli , 
in fact sheets on the drinking water and human health, 
National Institute of Public Health of Quebec, 4 pp. 

OJRA., 2006. Official Journal of the Republic of Al- 
geria. 

Mazieres J., 1963. Coliforms in marine waters and 
oysters: application to the oyster hygiene. Review of 
work of the Institute of Marine Fisheries, 27: 5-110. 

Oger C., Hernandez J.-F., Oudart E. & Delattre J.-M., 
1983. Swimming and infectious risks, epidemiolo- 
gical data bases of the control of water, Pasteur Insti- 
tute of Lille. 

Payment P. & Hartemann P, 1998. The water contam- 
inants and their health effects. Revue Science Water 
(special issue), 199-210. 

UNEP/WHO, 1983. Long-term program of monitoring 
and research (MED POL Phase II), assessment of 
the current state of the microbial pollution in the 
Mediterranean Sea and the proposed control meas- 
ures, Geneva. 

UNEP/MAP, 2012. The Conference of the contracting 
parties to the Barcelona Convention on the protection 
of the Marine Environment of the Mediterranean, 
Paris. 

Pommepuy M., Dupray E., Guillad J.F., Derrien A., 
L’Yavanc J. & Cormier M., 1991. Urban waste dis- 
posal and fecal contamination. Oceanologica Acta. 
Proceedings of the International Colloqium on the 
environment of epicontinental seas. Lille, 20-22 
March 1990, sp. vol. 11: 321-327. 

Pommepuy M., 1995. Become of enteric bacteria in the 
littoral environment. The effect of stress on their 
survival, Phd thesis in biological sciences and health, 
University of Rennes 1, Rennes. 

Rodier J., Bazin C., Broutin J.-P., Chambon P, Cham- 
psaur H. & Rodi L., 2005. Water analysis : natural 
waters, residual waters, sea waters. 8th edition, 
Dunod, Paris, 1383 pp. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 233-240 


First records of digenean trematodes of two fishes (Teleostei 
Sparidae) from the West Algerian coast and comparative 
study with Tunisian coast (Mediterranean Sea) 


Amel Belial*, NaouelAmel Brahim Tazi, Zakia Hadjou & Zitouni Boutiba 


Laboratoire Reseau de Surveillance Environnementale (LRSE), Departement de Biologie, Faculte des Sciences de la nature et de 
la vie, Universite d'Oranl - Ahmed Ben Bella, Algerie; e-mail: bellalamel@yahoo.fr 
^Corresponding author 


ABSTRACT Two species of the Teleostean Diplodus Rafinesque, 1810 Sparidae fish, Diplodus sargus (Lin- 

naeus, 1758) (n = 134) and D. annularis (Linnaeus, 1758) (n = 60), from the Algerian west 
coast were examined with regards to Digenea parasites occurrence between March 2013 and 
December 2014. This investigation led to inventory 12 species of Digenea ( Lepidauchen 
stenostoma, Arnola microcirrus , Magnibursatus bartolii, Proctoeces maculatus, Holorchis 
pycnoporus, Lepocreadium album , Wardula sarguicola, Monorchis sp., Macvicaria crassigula, 
Pseudopycnadena fischtali, Diphterostomum brusinae and Zoogonus rubellus). These species 
are reported in the selected locality situated in Oran bay for the first time. Furthermore, Le- 
pidauchen stenostoma in D. annularis is reported for the first time in the western Mediter- 
ranean. The majority of the recorded digeneans colonize one or two parts of the host digestive 
tract, the intestine being the most parasitized site. The calculation of epidemiologic indices 
provides information on the occurrence of digeneans identified in these two hosts. The diversity 
of Digenea is compared with that of the Gulf of Tunis, the Bizerte lagoon and another locality 
in the western Mediterranean. The Algerian west coast shows the highest value in the species 
richness of digeneans as compared to that of all the Mediterranean coasts. 

KEY WORDS Digenea; Diplodus ; Diversity; Epidemiologic indices; Oran bay. 

Received 22.04.2016; accepted 11.06.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

The Sparidae form the most representative fish- 
ing family in Algeria. This is one of the largest cur- 
rently recognized families that the perciforms order 
counts (Tortonese, 1973). Their importance is re- 
lated to their specific richness and high commercial 
value (Fischer et al., 1987). Indeed, during these last 
decades the digenean parasites of the Sparidae 


family from the northern shores of the Mediterra- 
nean sea have been the subject of numerous studies 
(Bartoli, 1987a, 1987b; Bartoli & Gibson, 1989; 
Bartoli & Bray, 1996; Bartoli et al., 1989a, 
1989b; 2005; Sasal et al., 1999; Temengo et al., 
2005a; Perez -del Olmo et al., 2006, 2007a, 2008; 
Kostadinova & Gibson, 2009; Sanchez et al., 2013, 
2014). Whereas, on the southern Mediterranean, 
little work has been done (Gargouri & Maamouri, 


234 


Amel Bellal et alii 


2008; Gargouri et al., 2011; Derbel et al., 2012; 
Bayoumy & Abu-Taweel, 2012; Antar & Gargouri, 
2013; Antar et al., 2015). In particular, along the 
Algerian coasts the digenean fauna of sparid fishes 
is poorly known (Merzoug et al., 2012 and Abid 
Kachour et al., 2013) and no study has been carried 
out on the genus Diplodus Rafinesque, 1810. The 
purpose of this work is to establish a database of 
these Trematodes as collected in these fishes from 
the Oran bay (north western Algeria). Among the 
Sparidae family representatives, the Diplodus 
sargus (Linnaeus, 1758) and D. annularis (Lin- 
naeus, 1758) species were selected for this study. 
The results obtained are compared with those of the 
Gulf of Tunis and the Bizerte lagoon. The species 
richness is appraised with respect to that of the 
Scandola nature reserve (Corsica) in the northern 
Mediterranean. 


MATERIAL AND METHODS 

From March 2013 to December 2014, a total of 
1 94 sparid fishes of D. sargus and D. annularis 
were caught in the Oran bay. The fish nomen- 
clature is taken from Fischer et al. (1987). The 
investigated sample of D. sargus comprised 134 
individuals while that of D. annularis was consti- 
tuted of 60 individuals. The trematodes were col- 
lected from fresh fish, fixed by being pipetted into 
nearly boiling saline, stained with iron acetocar- 
mine, dehydrated through a graded alcohol series, 
cleared in dimethyl phthalate and finally examined 
as permanent mounts in Canada balsam. The 
population descriptors, namely, prevalence, mean 
intensity and abundance were calculated as de- 
scribed by Buch et al. (1997). 

RESULTS 

A total of 12 digenean species belonging to 8 
distinct families were found in the two sparid fishes 
studied. As seen on the Table 1 where the main res- 
ults are assembled, they are: Acanthocolpidae 
Luhe, 1906; Derogenidae Nicoll, 1910; Fell- 
odistomidae Nicoll, 1909; Lepocreadiidae Odhner, 
1905; Mesometridae Poche, 1926; Monorchiidae 
Odhner, 1911; Opecoelidae Ozaki, 1925 and 
Zoogonidae Odhner, 1902. Most recorded di- 


geneans colonize one or two parts of the host di- 
gestive tract. It should be noted that Lepidauchen 
stenostoma Nicoll, 1913, Holorchis pycnoporus 
Stossich, 1901 and Diphterostomum brusinae 
Stossich, 1889, seem to show clear ecological 
preferences and limit their distribution to only one 
niche, in this case the intestine. Moreover, all 
parasites in both hosts revealed that the majority 
of the parasitic species occupies the intestine. 
Flosting 12 trematodes, D. sargus has the most 
diverse fauna whereas only 8 species were found 
in D. annularis. The distribution of the parasitic 
indices of the different digenean species vary from 
one host species to another. The most striking gap 
is observed for the prevalence of Arnola microcir- 
rus (Vlasenko, 1931) between that in D. sargus 
and that in D. annularis, being equal respectively 
to 18.65% and 1.33%. Very similar cases are regi- 
stered for Lepocreadium album Stossich, 1904 and 
Zoogonus rubellus Looss, 1901. 

The calculation of epidemiologic indices 
shows that the highest rates of infestation are 
found for Macvicaria crassigula (Linton, 1 9 1 0) in 
D. sargus and for the species Monorchis sp. in D. 
annularis at the level of 33.58% and 40%, respect- 
ively. Lepidauchen stenostoma, Proctoeces macu- 
latus (Looss, 1901), Wardula sarguicola Bartoli et 
Gibson, 1989 and Pseudopycnadena fischtali 
Saad-Fares et Maillard, 1986 in D. sargus and 
Arnola microcirrus in D. annularis infest less than 
5% of the population of their respective hosts. The 
other species recorded a prevalence ranging from 
5 to 36.66%. The highest mean intensity of in- 
festation exceeds 5 parasites per fish for D. annu- 
laris by Diphterostomum brusinae and abundance 
value is recorded by Diphterostomum brusinae 
(1.93) inD. annularis. 

DISCUSSION 

As already mentioned, this investigation showed 
that the Lepidauchen stenostoma, Diphterostomum 
brusinae and Holorchis pycnoporus collected 
within the digestive systems of D. sargus and D. 
annularis are limited to the intestine. Various 
authors have discussed the factors that can in- 
fluence the processes that lead to niche restriction 
in helminthes species and have proposed hypo- 
theses regarding the adaptive value of this restriction. 


First records of digenean trematodes of two fishes (Teleostei Sparidae) from the West Algerian and Tunisian coasts 235 


Present Work 


Gulf of Tunis - Gargou- Bizerte Lagoon - Antar 
ri & Maamouri (2008) & Gargouri (2013) 


Species 

Families 

Site P(%) 

A 

MI 

Site P(%) 

A 

MI 

Site P(%) 

A 

MI 

Diplodus sargus n= 1 34 














Lepidauchen stenostoma 

Acanthocolpidae 

E 

1.49 

0.01 

1 









Arnold microcirrus 

Derogenidae 

BC 

18.65 

0.25 

1.36 

B 

1.42 

0.01 

1 





Magnibursatus bartolii 

Derogenidae 

AI 

14.92 

0.34 

2.3 









Proctoeces maculatus 

Fellodistomidae 

E 

2.98 

0.02 

1 

GH 

8.57 

0.19 

2.17 

GH 

15.8 

0.10. 

1.0 

Holorchis pycnoporus 

Lepocreadiidae 

E 

11.19 

0.20 

1.86 

DF 

7.14 

0.11 

1.6 





Lepocreadium album 

Lepocreadiidae 

CE 

20.14 

0.56 

2.81 

D 

2.86 

0.06 

2 





Lepocreadium pegorchis 

Lepocreadiidae 









CD 

10.5 

0.10 

1.5 

Wardula sarguicola 

Mesometridae 

B 

2.23 

0.02 

1 

H 

4.29 

0.07 

1.66 





Monorchis parvus 

Monorchiidae 





C 

1.43 

0.04 

3 





Monorchis sp. 

Monorchiidae 

CE 

13.43 

0.53 

4 









Macvicaria crassigula 

Opecoelidae 

CE 

33.58 

0.58 

1.73 

DF 

18.57 

0.34 

1.87 

F 

5.3 

0.05 

1.0 

Peracreadium characis 

Opecoelidae 





DF 

1.43 

0.17 

12 





Pseudopycnadena fischtali 

Opecoelidae 

E 

1.49 

0.02 

2 

F 

4.29 

0.04 

1 





Diphterostomum brusinae 

Zoogonidae 

E 

17.91 

0.59 

3.33 

H 

12.86 

0.50 

3.89 

G 

5.3 

0.10 

3.0 

Zoogonus rubellus 

Zoogonidae 

E 

5.97 

0.08 

1.37 

H 

7.14 

0.11 

1.6 





Diplodus annularis n= 60 














Lepidauchen stenostoma 

Acanthocolpidae 

E 

5 

0.05 

1 









Arnola microcirrus 

Derogenidae 

B 

1.33 

0.16 

1.25 





B 

0.8 

0.01 

1.0 

Steringotrema pagelli 

Fellodistomidae 









D 

0.8 

0.01 

1.0 

Lecithocladium excisum 

Hemiuridae 





B 

2.94 

0.04 

1.5 





Plolorchis pycnoporus 

Lepocreadiidae 

E 

15 

0.25 

1.66 





DG 

3.8 

0.08 

2.2 

Lepocreadium album 

Lepocreadiidae 

E 

5 

0.06 

1.33 

DF 

2.94 

0.07 

2.5 

ACG 

11.5 

0.40 

3.8 

Lepocreadium pegorchis 

Lepocreadiidae 





C 

4.41 

0.10 

2.33 

CD 

2.3 

0.03 

1.7 

Prodistomum polonii 

Lepocreadiidae 









G 

0.8 

0.02 

3.0 

Mon orchis parvus 

Monorchiidae 





CD 

44.12 

4.11 

9.63 

CD 

8.5 

0.30 

3.9 

Monorchis sp. 

Monorchiidae 

CE 

40 

1.81 

4.54 









Macvicaria crassigula 

Opecoelidae 

CE 

21.66 

0.38 

1.76 

DF 

10.29 

0.19 

1.85 

DFG 

13.1 

0.4 

3.3 

Pseudopycnadena fischtali 

Opecoelidae 





F 

2.94 

0.07 

2.5 





Diphterostomum brusinae 

Zoogonidae 

E 

36.66 

1.93 

5.27 

H 

16.17 

0.51 

3.18 

DGH 

14.6 

0.50 

3.5 

Zoogonus rubellus 

Zoogonidae 

EH 

11.66 

0.11 

1 

H 

1.47 

0.01 

1 

H 

0.8 

0.01 

2.0 


Table 1. Epidemiologic parameters: prevalence (P), abundance (A) and mean intensity (MI) of Digenea in sparid fishes 
from the Oran bay and Gulf of Tunis (Gargouri & Maamouri, 2008) and from the Bizerte Lagoon (Antar & Gargouri 
2013) for the esophagus (A), stomach (B), pyloric caeca (C), duodenum (D), intestine (E), mid-intestine (F), posterior in- 
testine (G), rectum (H) and Gills (I) sites. 


236 


Amel Bellal et alii 


According to Holmes (1990), apart from the 
physicochemical gradient in the intestine, factors 
as specialization, reproductive efficiency, compet- 
ition and host immune mechanisms influence the 
selection site. The study of Ricklefs & Schluter 
(1993) suggested that the fact that some parasites 
are limited to a single microbiotope generates the 
presence of a physical or chemical barrier that 
prevents other digeneans to cross it. Indeed, a key 
factor in niche restriction processes is intra- and 
inter-specific competition (Holmes, 1990; 
Sukhdeo & Sukhdeo, 1994; Dezfuli et al., 2002). 
Rohde (1994) reported that competition, probab- 
ility of finding mates, reinforcement of reproduct- 
ive barriers and adaptation to environmental 
complexity are selective pressures causing niche 
restriction. On the other hand, the data shown on 
the Table indicate that the stomach is among the 
sites that are very little parasitized. This is ex- 
plained by the inhospitality of the physical and 
chemical conditions in the stomach towards the 
parasites (Crompton, 1973). It could also be in- 
voked that this absence of parasites at this site 
results from the lack of niche saturation (Stock & 
Holmes, 1988). 

The distribution of parasitic species shows that 
Lepocreadium album does not occupy the same 
microbiotope in the two host species. Indeed, this 
parasite colonizes the intestine and pyloric caeca 
in D. sargus whereas it is limited to intestine in D. 
annularis. This fact is probably related to the 
digestive tube polymorphism of the hosts and their 
differential resistance to parasites (Crompton, 
1973). The same situation is observed for the 
species Arnola microcirrus and Zoogonus rubellus. 

It is also noted that the intestine is the most 
parasitized site by Lepidauchen stenostoma, 
Holorchis pycnoporus, Lepocreadium album , 
Proctoeces maculatus. Monorchis sp., Macvicaria 
crassigula and Pseudopycnadena fischtali. In fact, 
the intestine is the nutrient-richest site and seems 
to influence the parasite specificity towards the 
host. Holmes (1990) also stated that the use of 
nutrients by parasites is an important factor which 
regulates competition among the intestine para- 
sites. According to Sasal et al. (1999) each parasite 
species which shows this tolerance is generalist. 

The distributions of digeneans parasitic indices 
in both hosts show inequality towards parasitism. 
Indeed, important differences appear with regards 


to the prevalence of some parasites: Arnola micro- 
cirrus (18.65-1.33%), Lepocreadium album 
(20.14-5%) and Zoogonus rubellus (5.97- 
11.66%). However, these epidemiological values 
are generally higher in the Sparidae from the Oran 
bay than those from the Gulf of Tunis (Gargouri 
Ben Abdallah & Maamouri, 2008) and Bizerte 
lagoon (Antar & Gargouri Ben Abdallah, 2013) 
(Table 1). The causes of these variations according 
to Combes (1995) and Khan (2012) are numerous 
and may be related to the genetics, life environ- 
ment, energy consumption, age of the host, poten- 
tial host proximity, presence of other parasites, 
biogeography, environmental changes, host etho- 
logy and immune system. Ternengo et al. (2005b) 
suggested that each fish species has a character- 
istic parasitac fauna and particular levels of in- 
festation. Some parasites recorded in the Oran 
bay in D. sargus ( Lepidauchen stenostoma, Mag- 
nibursatus bartolii Kostadinova, Power, Fernan- 
dez, Balbuena, Raga et Gibson, 2003 and 
Monorchis sp.) and D. annularis {Lepidauchen 
stenostoma, Arnola microcirrus, Holorchis pycno- 
porus and Monorchis sp.) were not collected in 
either one of these two fishes in the Gulf of Tunis 
(Gargouri Ben Abdallah & Maamouri, 2008) 
(Table 1). However, Lepidauchen stenostoma was 
described as a parasite of D. annularis in the 
Adriatic Sea off the coast of Montenegro (Bray & 
Bartoli, 1996) and reported in D. sargus from 
Scandola nature reserve (Corsica) by Bartoli et al. 
(2005). Hence, we report it for the first time in the 
western Mediterranean in D. annularis. Similarly, 
Magnibursatus bartolii was encountered in an- 
other sparid species, Boobs boobs (Linnaeus, 
1758), from the North-east Atlantic coast, Spain 
(Kostadinova et al., 2003), in Oblada melanura 
(Linnaeus, 1758) (Gargouri Ben Abdallah & 
Maamouri, 2008) in the Gulf of Tunis, in Spams 
aurata Linnaeus, 1758 from the Bizerte Lagoon 
(Gargouri Ben Abdallah et al., 2011) and in 
D. sargus off the coast of Buriana, Spain 
(Kostadinova & Gibson, 2009). Arnola microcir- 
rus was described as a parasite of D. annularis in 
the Black Sea (Gaevskaya & Korniychuk, 2003) 
and reported in Corsica (Kostadinova et al., 2004). 
Holorchis pycnoporus was recorded in many 
different regions of the Mediterranean (Bray & 
Cribb, 1997). By contrast, some parasite species 
as Peracreadium characis Bartoli, Gibson et Bray, 


First records of digenean trematodes of two fishes (Teleostei Sparidae) from the West Algerian and Tunisian coasts 237 


1989, Lecithocladium excisum (Rudolphi, 1819) 
Liihe, 1901, Lepocreadium pegorchis (Stossich, 
1901), Monorchis parvus Looss, 1902 and 
Pseudopycnadena fischtali that were found in the 
Gulf of Tunis were not collected during this 
research in the Oran bay. Several factors may 
influence the parasite community. One is probably 
related to the low frequency of intermediate hosts 
in the biotope due to a harmful effect of pollution 
on them and parasite free stages. Others are linked 
to environmental parameters (MacKenzie 1999, 
Khan 2012), the geographical distance (Perez- Del 
Olmo, 2008) and the sampling site (Ternengo et 
al., 2009). Perez- Del Olmo (2007) demonstrated 
that significant changes were noted in the structure 
of parasite communities in Boops boops after the 
Prestige oil spill in 2002. However, it should be 
noted that Lecithocladium excisum and Lepocre- 
adium pegorchis were reported respectively in 
Boops boops (Merzoug et al., 2012) and in Pagel- 
lus erythrinus Linnaeus, 1758 from the in Oran 
bay (Abid Kachour, 2014). 

Our results compared to those from the Bizerte 
Lagoon (Antar et al., 2013) show variations with 
respect to the diversity of the digenean (Table 1). 
Indeed, in D. sargus, nine species of Trematodes 
( Lepidauchen stenostoma, Arnola microcirrus , 
Magnibursatus bartolii, Holorchis pycnoporus, 
Lepocreadium album , Wardula sarguicola, 
Monorchis sp., Pseudopycnadena fischtali and 
Zoogonus rubellus ) are recorded only in the 
present study, although their absence of represent- 
ation in the Bizerte lagoon could be explained by 
the small number of hosts studied (n = 19). It 
should be noted that Lepocreadium album was 
found for the first time in the Oran bay in Boobs 
boobs (Merzoug et al., 2012). Furthermore, 
Lepidauchen stenostoma and Monorchis sp. are 
observed only among D. annularis from the Oran 
bay. On the other hand, Steringotrema pagelli (Van 
Beneden, 1871) Odhner, 1911, Lepocreadium 
pegorchis , Prodistomum polonii Bray et Gibson, 
1990 and Monorchis parvus are recorded in the 
Bizerte lagoon but absent in the Oran bay. And 
more recently, Antar et al. (2015) revealed the 
presence of Macvicaria bartolii Antar, Gorgieva, 
Gargouri Ben Abdallah et Kostadinova, 2015 in D. 
annularis from the Bay of Bizerte whereas this 
parasite was not collected in this investigation. 
This fact might be connected with the successful 


completion of life cycles of these parasites in the 
Bizerte Lagoon, a confined environment limiting 
the dispersal of the larval stages. Indeed, Maillard 
(1976) showed that a digenean which completes 
its life cycle in the ponds and the lagoons has a 
higher chance of completion than that having a 
marine life cycle. 

As compared to the data of digenean species in 
the sparid fishes from Scandola nature reserve 
(Corsica) in the western Mediterranean (Bartoli et 
al., 2005), our results show a significant richness 
in D. sargus and D. annularis from the Oran bay. 
Altogether, seven species of digenean parasites 
were not mentioned in Corsica: Lepidauchen 
stenostoma , Arnola microcirrus , Holorchis pycno- 
porus , Lepocreadium album , Monorchis sp., 
Zoogonus rubellus and Magnibursatus bartolii. In 
the Oran bay, the first six ones were found in D. 
sargus and the last three in D. annularis. Similarly, 
in the Tunisian coast as well as the Bizerte 
Lagoon, Lepidauchen stenostoma, Magnibursatus 
bartolii, and Monorchis sp. were not reported in 
D. sargus, whereas Lepidauchen stenostoma and 
Monorchis sp. were not found in D. annularis 
(Table 1). 

The causes of this species diversity may be 
related to the passage of the Atlantic waters. 
Indeed, the Oran bay is undoubtedly under the 
influence of these Atlantic currents through the 
Straits of Gibraltar which can periodically convey 
nutrients (fish, invertebrates, etc ...) between the 
Mediterranean and the Atlantic. This mixing 
process increases the probability of intermediate 
hosts transfer. Consequently, the life cycle of 
various taxa may explain this parasite biodiversity 
in the two investigated hosts in the Western Al- 
gerian coast. The wider digenean diversity ob- 
served in the Scandola Nature reserve is probably 
related to the equilibrium stability of the eco- 
system that is devoid of major pollutants and 
opens directly to the Western Mediterranean basin 
(Bartoli et al., 2005). Thus, the Digenea diversity 
is related to the high general level of biodiversity 
reported in that region (Miniconi et al., 1990; 
Verlaque, 1990; Merella, 1991; Verlaque et al., 
1999). On the other hand, Gargouri Ben Abdallah 
& Maamouri (2008) suggested that the relatively 
important digenean diversity of sparidae off the 
Tunisian coasts is related to the geographical 
situation of Tunisia. The latter, representing also a 


238 


Amel Bellal et alii 


transition zone between the Western and Eastern 
Mediterranean, undergoes the influence of both 
the Atlantic through the Straits of Gibraltar and the 
Red Sea via the Suez Canal. Furthermore, 
Thieltges et al. (2008) mentioned that the origin 
of this differential distribution of digenean 
frequencies between the different Mediterranean 
environments may be related to the frequency of 
the intermediate hosts and the variation in physical 
and chemical parameters of the biotope that can 
influence the host as well as the free-living larval 
stages of parasites. 

Finally, in this study, all the parasites exposed 
in Table 1 are recorded for the first time in D. 
sargus and D. annularis from the Oran bay 
although they were already described in the same 
hosts in other regions of western Mediterranean 
(Bartoli et al., 1989a; Bartoli et al., 1989b; Bartoli 
& Gibson, 1989; Bartoli & Bray, 1996; Bray & 
Bartoli, 1996; Fepommel et al., 1997; Jousson et 
al., 1998; Jousson et al., 1999; Sasal et al., 1999; 
Jousson et al., 2000; Kostadinova et al., 2004; 
Bartoli et al., 2005; Ternengo et al., 2005a; 
D'Amico et al., 2006; Gargouri Ben Abdallah & 
Maamouri, 2008; Kostadinova & Gibson, 2009; 
Derbel et al., 2012; Antar & Gargouri, 2013). 


REFERENCES 

Abid-Kachour S., Mouffok S. & Boutiba Z., 2013. 
Description of a New Species of Sphincteristomum 
from Sparid Fishes of the Algerian Coast (Western 
Mediterranean). Journal of Environmental Protection, 
4, 1129-1136. 

Abid-Kachour S., 2014. Contribution a F etude des 
parasites Digenes chez trios Poissons teleosteens 
Merlu ( Merluccius merluccius ); Pageot ( Pagellus 
erythrinus) et Chinchard ( Trachurus trachurus ) de la 
cote oranaise. These. Doc, Univ Oranl - Ahmed Ben 
Bella, Oran, Algeria. 

Antar R., Georgieva S., Gargouri L. & Kostadinova 
A., 2015. Molecular evidence for the existence of 
species complexes within Macvicaria Gibson & 
Bray, 1982 (Digenea: Opecoelidae) in the western 
Mediterranean, with descriptions of two new species. 
Systematic Parasitology, 91: 211-29. 

Antar R. & Gargouri Ben Abdallah L., 2013. Trematodes 
in fishes of the genus Diplodus (Teleostei, Sparidae) 
from Bizerte Lagoon (Northern coast of Tunisia). 
European association of Fish Pathologists, 33: 44- 
52. 


Bartoli P., 1987a. Les Trematodes digenetiques parasites 
des poissons Sparides de la Reserve Naturelle de 
Scandola. Travaux Scientifiques du Parc Naturel 
Regional et des Reserves Naturelles de Corse, 10: 1- 
158. 

Bartoli P., 1987b. Caracteres adaptatifs originaux des 
Digenes intestinaux de Sarpa salpa (Teleostei, 
Sparidae) et leur interpretation en termes devolution. 
Annales de Parasitologie Humaine et Comparee, 62: 
542-576. 

Bartoli P. & Bray R.A., 1996. Description of three 
species of Holorchis Stossich, 1901 (Digenea: Lepo- 
creadiidae) from marine fishes off Corsica. System- 
atic Parasitology, 35: 133-143. 

Bartoli P., Bray R.A. & Gibson D.I., 1989a. The 
Opecoelidae (Digena) of sparid fishes of the wester 
Mediterranean. II. Pycnadenoides Yamaguti, 1938 
and Pseudopycnadena Saad Fares & Maillard, 1986. 
Systematic Parasitology, 13: 35-51. 

Bartoli R, Bray, R.A. & Gibson D.I., 1989b. The 
Opecolidae (Digenea) of sparid fishes of the western 
Mediterranean. III. Macvicaria Gibson & Bray, 1982. 
Systematic Parasitology, 13: 167-192. 

Bartoli P. & Gibson D.I., 1989. Wardula sarguicola n. 
sp. (Digenea, Mesometridae), a rectal parasite of 
Diplodus sargus (Teleostei, Sparidae) in western 
Mediterranean. Annales de Parasitologie Humaine et 
Comparee, 64: 20-29. 

Bartoli R, Gibson D.I. & Bray R.A., 2005. Digenean 
species diversity in teleost fish from a nature reserve 
off Corsica, France (Western Mediterranean), and 
a comparison with other Mediterranean regions. 
Journal of Natural History, 39: 47-70. 

Bray R.A. & Bartoli R, 1996. A redescription of 
Lepidauchen stenostoma Nicoll, 1913 (Digenea), 
and a reassessment of the status of the genus 
Lepidauchen Nicoll, 1913. Systematic Parasitology, 
33: 167-176. 

Bray R.A. & Cribb T.H., 1997. The subfamily Aeph- 
nidiogeninae Yamaguti, 1934 (Digenea: Lepocre- 
adiidae), its status and that of the genera Aephnidio- 
genes Nicoll, 1915, Holorchis Stossich, 1901, 
Austroholorchis n. g., Pseudaephnidiogenes Yamaguti, 
1971, Pseudoholorchis Yamaguti, 1958 and Neole- 
pocreadium Thomas, 1960. Systematic Parasitology, 
36,47-68. 

Bayoumy E.M. & Abu-Taweel G.M., 2012. Mag- 
nibursatus diplodii n. sp. (Derogenidae: Halipeginae) 
from white sea bream, Diplodus sargus , Off 
Sirt, Libya. Life Science Journal, 9: 939-945. 

Bush A.O., Lafferty K.D., Lotz J.M. & Shostak A.W., 
1997. Parasitology meets ecology on its own terms: 
Margolis et al. Revisited. Journal of Parasitology, 83: 
575-583. 


First records of digenean trematodes of two fishes (Teleostei Sparidae) from the West Algerian and Tunisian coasts 239 


Combes C., 1995. Interactions durables. Ecologie et 
evolution du parasitisme. Collection ecologie No. 
26. Ed. Masson, Paris, 524 pp. 

Crompton D.W.T., 1973. The sites occupied by some 
parasitic helminths in the alimentary tract of ver- 
tebrates. Biology Reviews, 48: 27-83. 

D’Amico V., Canestri Trotti G., Culurgioni J. & Figus V., 
2006. Helminth parasite community of Diplodus 
annularis L. (Osteichthyes, Sparidae) from Gulf of 
Cagliari (Sardinia, South Western Mediterranean). 
European association of Fish Pathologists, 26: 222- 
228. 

Derbel H., Chaari M. & Neifar L., 2012. Digenean 
species diversity in teleost fishes from the Gulf of 
Gabes, Tunisia (Western Mediterranean). Parasite, 
19: 129-135. 

Dezfuli B.S., Volponi S., Beltrami L. & Poulin R., 2002. 
Intra- and interspecific density-dependent effects 
on growth in helminth parasite of the cormorant, 
Phalacrocorax carbo sinensis. Parasitology, 124: 
537-544. 

Fischer W., Seneider M. & Bauchaut M .L., 1987. Fiches 
F.A.O. d’ identification des especes pour les besoins 
de la peche. Mediterranee et Mer noire (zone de 
peche 37) Vertebres. Vol. II, Rome, FAO, 1359-1361. 

Gaevskaya A.V. & Komiychuk Y.M., 2003. Parasitic or- 
ganisms as a component of ecosystems of the Black 
Sea near-shore zone of Crimea. In “Modem condition 
of biological diversity in near shore zone of Crimea 
(Black Sea sector)” Eremeev V.N. & Gaevskaya A.V. 
(Eds.), Sevastopol: EKOSI Gidrophizika, 425^490. 

Gargouri Ben Abdallah L., Antar R. & Maamouri F., 
2011. Diversity of the digenean fauna in sparid fishes 
from the Lagoon of Bizerte in Tunisia. Acta Para- 
sitologica, 56: 34-39. 

Gargouri Ben Abdallah L. & Maamouri F., 2008. Di- 
genean fauna diversity in sparid fish from Tunisian 
coasts. European association of Fish Pathologists, 28: 
129-136. 

Holmes J.C., 1990. Competition, contacts and other 
factors restricting niches of parasitic helminthes. 
Annales de Parasitologie Humaine et Comparee, 65: 
69-72. 

Jousson O., Bartoli P. & Pawlowski J., 1998. Molecular 
phylogeny of Mesometridae (Trematoda, Digenea) 
with its relation to morphological changes in para- 
sites. Parasite, 5: 365-369. 

Jousson O., Bartoli P. & Pawlowski J., 2000. Cryptic 
speciation among intestinal parasites (Trematoda: 
Digenea) infecting sympatric host fishes (Sparidae). 
Journal of Evolutionary Biology, 13: 778-785. 

Jousson O., Bartoli P. & Pawlowski J., 1999. Molecular 
identification of developmental stages in Opecoelidae 
(Digenea). International Journal Parasitology, 29: 
1853-1858. 


Khan R.A., 2012. Host-parasite interactions in some fish 
species. Journal Parasitology Research, 2012: ID 
237280. 

Kostadinova A., Bartoli P., Gibson D.I. & Raga J.A., 
2004. Redescriptions of Magnibursatus blennii 
(Paggi & Orechhia, 1975) n. comb, and Arno l a mi- 
crocirrus (Vlasenko, 1931) (Digenea: Derogenidae) 
from marine teleosts off Corsica. Systematic Para- 
sitology, 58: 125-137. 

Kostadinova A. & Gibson D.I., 2009. New records of rare 
derogenids (Digenea: Hemiuroidea) from Mediter- 
ranean sparids, including the description of a new 
species of Magnibursatus Naidenova, 1969 and 
redescription of Derogenes adriaticus Nikolaeva, 
1966. Systematic Parasitology, 74: 187-198. 

Kostadinova A., Power A.M., Fernandez M., Balbuena 
J.A ., Raga J.A. & Gibson D.I., 2003. Three species 
of Magnibursatus Naidenova, 1969 (Digenea: 
Derogenidae) from Atlantic and Black Sea marine 
teleosts. Folia Parasitologica, 50: 202-210. 

Le Pommelet E., Bartoli P. & Silan P., 1997. Biodiversite 
des digenes et autres helminthes intestinaux des 
rougets: synthese pour Mullus surmuletus (Linne, 
1758) et M. barbatus (L., 1758). Annales des Sci- 
ences Naturelles. Zoologie et Biologie Animale, 18: 
117-133. 

MacKenzie K., 1999. Parasites as pollution indicators in 
marine ecosystems: a proposed early warning system. 
Marine Pollution Bulletin, 38: 955-959. 

Maillard C., 1976. Distomatose de poissons en milieu 
lagunaire. Dsc, University of Science and Techniques 
of Languedoc, Montpellier. 

Marzoug D., Boutiba Z., Kostadinova A. & Perez- 
del-Olmo A., 2012. Effects of fishing on parasitism 
in a sparid fish: Contrasts between two areas of the 
Western Mediterranean. Parasitology International, 
61; 414-420. 

Merella P., 1991. Ricerche sulla malacofauna della 
Riserva naturale di Scandola (Corsica nord occi- 
dentale).Dsc, University of Sassari Italy, 138 pp. 

Miniconi R., Francour P. & Bianconi C.H., 1990. In- 
ventaire de la faune ichthyologique de la Reserve 
Naturelle de Scandola (Corse, Mediterranee nord- 
occidentale). Cybium, 14: 77-89. 

Perez-del Olmo A., Gibson D.I., Fernandez M., Sanisidro 
O., Raga J.A. & Kostadinova A., 2006. Descriptions 
of Wardula bartolii n. sp. (Digenea: Mesometridae) 
and three newly recorded accidental parasites 
of Boops boops L. (Sparidae) in the NE Atlantic. 
Systematic Parasitology, 63: 99-109. 

Perez-del Olmo A., Fernandez M., Gibson D.I., Raga J.A. 
& Kostadinova A., 2007a. Descriptions of some un- 
usual digeneans from Boops boops L. (Sparidae) 
and a complete checklist of its metazoan parasites. 
Systematic Parasitology, 66: 137-157. 


240 


Amel Bellal et alii 


Perez-del Olmo A., Raga J.A., Kostadinova A. & Fernan- 
dez M., 2007b. Parasite communities in Boops hoops 
(L.) (Sparidae) after the Prestige oil-spill: Detectable 
alterations. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 54: 266-276. 

Perez-del Olmo A., Fernandez M., Raga J.A., Kostadinova 
A. & Poulin R., 2008. Halfway up the trophic chain: 
development of parasite communities in the sparid 
fish Boops boops. Parasitology, 135: 257-268. 

Perez-del Olmo A., 2008. Biodiversity and structure of 
parasite communities in Boops boops (Teleostei: 
Sparidae) from the western Mediterranean and off the 
northeast Atlantic coasts of Spain. Dsc, University of 
Valencia, 133 pp. 

Ricklefs R.E. & Schluter D., 1993. Species Diversity in 
Ecological communities. Ed. University of Chicago 
Press, Chicago, 414 pp. 

Rohde K., 1994. Niche restriction in parasites: proximate 
and ultimate causes. Parasitology, 109: S69-S84. 

Sanchez-Garcia N., Raga J.A. & Montero F.E., 2014. 
Risk assessment for parasites in cultures of Diplodus 
puntazzo Risk assessment for parasites in cultures 
of Diplodus puntazzo (Sparidae) in the Western 
Mediterranean: prospects of cross infection with 
Sparus aurata. Veterinary Parasitology, 204:120- 
33. 

Sanchez-Garcia N., Ahuir-Baraja A., Raga J.A. & 
Montero F.E., 2013. Morphometric, molecular and 
ecological analyses of the parasites of the sharpsnout 
sea bream Diplodus puntazzo Cetti (Sparidae) from 
the Spanish Mediterranean: implications for aquacul- 
ture. Journal of Helminthology, 89: 217-231. 

Sasal P, Niquil N. & Bartoli P., 1999. Community struc- 
ture of digenean parasites of sparid and labrid fishes 
of the Mediterranean Sea: a new approach. Para- 
sitology, 119: 635-648. 

Stock T.M. & Holmes J.C., 1988. Functional relation- 


ships and microhabitat distributions of enteric 
helminths of grebes (Podicipedidae): The evidence 
for interactive communities. Journal of Parasitology, 
74,214-227. 

Sukhdeo M.V.K. & Sukhdeo S.C., 1994. Optimal habitat 
selection by helminths within the host environment. 
Parasitology, 109: S41-S55. 

Ternengo S., Levron C. & Marchand B., 2005a. Meta- 
zoan Parasites in Sparid fish in Corsica (Western 
Mediterranean). European association of Fish Patho- 
logists, 25: 262-269. 

Ternengo S., Levron C., Desideri F. & Marchand B., 
2005b. Parasite communities in European eels 
Anguilla anguilla pisces, teleostei from a corsican 
coastal pond. Vie et Milieu, 55: 1-6. 

Ternengo S., Levron C., Mouillot D. & Marchand B., 
2009. Site influence in parasite distribution from 
fishes of the Bonifacio Strait Marine Reserve (Cor- 
sica Island, Mediterranean Sea). Parasitology Re- 
search, 104: 1279-1287. 

Thieltges D.W., Jensen K.T. & Poulin R., 2008. The role 
of biotic factors in the transmission of free-living 
endohelminth stages. Parasitology: 135, 407-426. 

Tortonese E., 1973. Catalogue des poissons de l’Atlantique 
du Nord-Est et de la Mediterranee. CLOFNAM I 
Hureau JC, Monoid TH. Ed., Paris, UNESCO, 405- 
4015. 

Verlaque M., 1990. Flore marine de la region de Galeria. 
Travaux Scientifiques du Parc Naturel Regional et 
des Reserves Naturelles de Corse, 29: 77-88. 

Verlaque M., Francour P. & Sartoretto S., 1999. Evalu- 
ation de la valeur patrimoniale des biocenoses mar- 
ines de la face ouest de Pilot de Gargalu (Reserve 
integrate de Scandola). Travaux Scientifiques du Parc 
Naturel Regional et des Reserves Naturelles de 
Corse, 59: 121-168. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 241-248 


Preliminary survey of hill stream fishes in Upper Cyber 
Stream, outside Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary, West 
Thailand 


Sitthi Kulabtong 1 & Rujira Mahaprom 1,2 


'Save wildlife of Thailand, Wangnoi District, Ayuttaya Province 13170, Thailand; e-mail: kulabtong2011@hotmail.com 
2 Bureau of Conservation and Research, Zoological Park Organization under the Royal Patronage of His Majesty the King, Thailand; 
e-mail: Rujira.ma@hotmail.com 
’Corresponding author 


ABSTRACT Fields survey of freshwater fish in Cyber Stream, outside Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary, 

at Ban Cyber, Khok Khwai Subdistrict, Hui Kod District, Uthai Thani Province, West Thailand 
were carried out in December 2015. We found 10 families and 22 species of hill stream fishes. 
Schistura desmotes (Fowler, 1934) and Homalopteroides smithi (Hora 1932) (Cypriniformes 
Balitoridae) are dominant in transparent and running fast stream ecosystem and Neolissochilus 
stracheyi (Day, 1871) and Mystacoleucus marginatus (Valenciennes, 1842) (Cypriniformes 
Cyprinidae) are dominant in running slowly stream and pool of the headwater stream ecosys- 
tem. One alien species in this area is Poecilia reticulata Peters, 1859 (Cyprinodontiformes 
Poeciliidae). Two species, Pseudohomaloptera cf. leonardi (Hora, 1941) (Cypriniformes 
Balitoridae) and Channa cf. gachua (Hamilton, 1822) (Perciformes Channidae), still have an 
unclear taxonomic status. The Thai local names, habitat and distribution data of hill stream 
fishes are provided. 

KEY WORDS hill stream fishes; Cyber Stream; Huai Kha Khaeng; Wildlife Sanctuary; Thailand. 

Received 27.05.2016; accepted 19.06.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary 
(HKKWS) is a 278,000 ha (2,780.14 km 2 ) world 
heritage (Southeast-Asia, Uthai Thani Province of 
Thiland) (Sukmasuang, 2009; Simcharoen et al., 
2014). Climate of HKKWS is classified as tropical 
savanna, with six forest type categories: hill ever 
green (13%), moist ever green, dry ever green 
(25%), mixed ever green (48%), dry dipterocarps 
(7%) and a small successional community (The 
Faculty of Forestry, 1989; WEFCOM, 2004). 

The Sanctuary is important as in-situ conserva- 
tion for the diversity of flora and fauna, and ecosys- 


tem. According to a Forest Research Center report 
(1997), HKKWS consists of of 130 mammals, 360 
birds, 81 reptiles, 37 amphibians and 105 fish. 

Cyber Stream is part of the Huai Khun Kaew 
Basin and the West Thailand Watershed. The geo- 
graphy of Upper Cyber Stream is a hill and a little 
flat land, but the lower area is relatively flat (Royal 
Irrigation Department, 2012). Upper Cyber Stream 
is characterized by its own ecological features 
which differentiate it from the other hill stream eco- 
system systems of Thailand. Although it is certainly 
of interest, nevertheless is poorly investigated and 
little is known about hill stream fishes occurring in 
this area. In order to obtain a more detailed know- 


242 


Sitthi Kulabtong & Rujira Mahaprom 



Figures 1-3. Study area, Upper Cyber Stream, outside Huai 
Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary, Uthai Thani Province, West 
Thailand. 


ledge on this item, we carried out this survey project 
on Cyber Stream fishes, outside HKKWS area but 
near to Cyber forest (a protect station of HKKWS) 
at Ban Cyber, Khok Khwai Subdistrict, Hui Kod 
District, Uthai Thani Province, West Thailand (Figs. 
1-3) in December 2015. The area was separated 
into 3 regions in accordance to the ecosystems; 
namely: 

1. Transparent running fast stream eco- 
system (Fig. 2). The average width of the stream is 
about 10 m, average depth is less than 1 m, the bot- 
tom is a combination of sand, gravel and large rock. 

2. Transparent running slow stream eco- 
system (Fig. 3). The average width of the stream is 
about 15 m, average depth is about 1-2 m, the bot- 
tom is a combination of sand, large rock, clay and 
sandy mud, the stream is transparent and running 
slowly. 

3. Pool of the headwater stream ecosystem. 
The average width of the stream is about 10 -15 m, 
average depth is about 1-1.5 m, the bottom is a 
combination of clay and sandy mud, the area is 
transparent to turbid. 

ACRONYMS. Standard length (SL) 

RESULTS 

Order CYPRINIFORMES Bleeker, 1859 
Family CYPRINIDAE Cuvier, 1817 

Danio albolineatus (Blyth, 1860) 

Pearl danio 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 4) was found in the 
pool of the headwater stream and transparent run- 
ning fast stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from Ir- 
rawaddy Basin and Salween Basin in Myanmar; 
Sumatra, Indonesia; Indochina, Laos, Mekong 
Basin and Maeklong drainages in Thailand. 

Thai local name. Pla sel bai pai lek. 

Rasbora paviana Tirant 1885 
Sidestripe rasbora 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 5) was found in the 
pool of the headwater stream, transparent running 
fast stream and the main stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from Indo- 
nesia; Malaysia; Indochina, Mekong Basin, Chao 




Preliminary survey of hill stream fishes in Upper Cyber Stream, outside Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary, Thailand 243 


Phraya Basin and Maeklong Basins, northern 
Malay Peninsula in Thailand. 

Thai local name. Pla sel kray. 

Rasbora borapetensis Smith 1934 
Blackline rasbora 

Habitat. This species was found in the pool of 
the headwater stream and transparent running fast 
stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from Indo- 
china, Mekong Basin, Chao Phraya Basin and 
Maeklong Basins, northern Malay Peninsula in 
Thailand. 

Thai local name. Pla sel hang dang. 

Mystacoleucus marginatus (Valenciennes, 1842) 
Indian river barb 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 6) was found in trans- 
parent slowly stream and pool of the headwater 
stream ecosystem. 

Distribution. This species is known from 
Myanmar to Indonesia. 

Thai local name. Pla kee yok or Pla num lung. 

Remarks. This species is dominant in trans- 
parent slowly stream and pool of the headwater. In 
Thailand, M. marginatus can be found in many 
ecosystems such as reservoir and large running 
fast rivers (Kottelat, 1998; Petsut & Kulabtong, 
2015). 

Barb odes rhomb eus (Kottelat, 2000) 

Waterfall barb 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 7) was found in tran- 
sparent and running fast stream ecosystem. 

Distribution. This species is known from Mekong 
Basin, Chao Phraya Basin, Maeklong Basins, 
eastern Gulf of Thailand Drainages and peninsular 
Thailand. 

Thai local name. Pla Ta pean num tok. 

Neolissochilus stracheyi (Day, 1871) 

Mahseer 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 8) was found in the 


pool of the headwater stream and transparent run- 
ning slow stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from 
Maeklong River, Chao Phraya River, Southeast 
Basin and Peninsular Thailand; Mekong Basin in 
Thailand, Laos, Cambodia and Viet Nam; Salween 
Basin, Thailand and Myanmar. 

Thai local name. Pla plong. 

Remarks. This species is dominant in pool and 
slow stream. In nature, adult Mahseer groups in- 
habit pools and runs over gravel and cobble in slow 
hill stream but juveniles commonly can be found in 
or near rapids (Rainboth, 1996; Kottelat, 2001; 
Kunlapapuk & Kulabtong, 2011). 

Osteochilus vittatus (Valenciennes, 1842) 
Bonylip barb 

Habitat. This species was found in transparent 
running fast stream to main stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from 
Myanmar; China; Sumatra, Java, Borneo in In- 
donesia; Mekong Basin, Chao Phraya Basin, 
Maeklong Basin, eastern Gulf of Thailand Drain- 
ages; Malay Peninsula. 

Thai local name. Soi nok kaw. 

Garra cambodgiensis (Tirant 1884) 
Stonelapping minnow 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 9) was found in the 
transparent running fast stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from Mekong 
Basin, Chao Phraya Basin, Peninsula Thailand; 
Cambodia; Vietnam. 

Thai local name. Pla lia hin 

Garra nasuta (McClelland, 1838) 

Stonelapping minnow 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 10) was found in the 
transparent running fast stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from India; 
Myanmar; South China and Indochina. 

Thai local name. Pla mood 

Family BALITORIDAE Swainson, 1839 


244 


Sitthi Kulabtong & Rujira Mahaprom 


Schistura desmotes (Fowler, 1934) 

Loach 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 11) was found in the 
transparent running fast stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from Chao 
Phraya Basin, Maeklong Basin in Thailand; Malay 
Peninsula. India; Myanmar; South China and In- 
dochina. 

Thai local name. Pla mood 

Remarks. This species is dominant in this study 
area. In Thailand, can predominantly be found in 
fast flowing streams over gravel substrate and, 
sometimes, in pools of hill areas. 

Homalopteroides smithi (Hora, 1932) 

Gecko fish 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 12) was found in the 
transparent running fast stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from Indo- 
china to Malaysia Peninsula; Indonesia. 

Thai local name. Pla jing jok. 

Remarks. This species is dominant in rapid 
stream ecosystem. 

Pseudohomaloptera cf. leonardi (Hora, 1941) 
Gecko fish 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 13) was found in the 
transparent running fast stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from Cent- 
ral, East, South Thailand; Malaysia 

Thai local name. Pla j ing j ok. 

Remarks. In Thailand, the taxonomic status of 
this taxon is still unclear. 


Family COBITIDAE Swainson, 1838 

Lepidocephalichthys berdmorei (Blyth, 1860) 
Burmese loach 

Habitat. In this study, only one specimen was 
found in the transparent running fast stream and the 
pool of the headwater stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from India; 


Bangladesh; Myanmar; China; Thailand; Laos; Pen- 
insular Malaysia. 

Thai local name. Pla eed. 


Order SILURIFORMES Cuvier, 1817 
Family BAGRIDAE Bleelcer, 1858 

Batasio tigrinus Ng et Kottelat, 2001 
Hill stream bagrid catfish 

Habitat. In this study, only one specimen was 
found in the transparent running fast stream over 
gravel substrate. 

Distribution. This species is known from 
Maeklong Basin and West Thailand. 

Thai local name. Pla ka yang pu kao 

Pseudomystus siamensis (Regan, 1913) 

Asian Bumblebee Catfish 

Habitat. In this study, only one specimen was 
found in the transparent running fast stream over 
gravel substrate. 

Distribution. This species is known from 
Mekong Basin, Chao Phraya Basin, Maeklong 
Basins, eastern Gulf of Thailand Drainages and 
peninsular Thailand. 

Thai local name. Pla ka yang hin. 

Hemibagrus nemurus (Valenciennes, 1840) 
Yellow Catfish 

Habitat. In this study, only one specimen was 
found in the transparent slow stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from Indo- 
china to Indonesia. 

Thai local name. Pla kod luang. 

Order BELONIF ORME S L.S. Berg, 1937 
Family BELONIDAE Bonaparte, 1835 

Xenentodon cancila (F. Hamilton, 1822) 
Freshwater garfish 

Habitat. In this study, only one specimen was 
found in the transparent slow stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from India 


Preliminary survey of hill stream fishes in Upper Cyber Stream, outside Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary, Thailand 245 



Figures 4-10. Freshwater fish in Cyber Stream, outside Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary, West Thailand. Figure 4. Dcmio 
albolineatus, 31 mm SL. Figure 5. Rasbora paviana, 51 mm SL. Figure 6. Mystacoleucus marginatus, 63 mm SL. Figure . 
Puntius rhombeus, 25 mm SL. Figure 8. Neolissochilus stracheyi, 78 mm SL. Figure 9. Garra cambodgiensis, 38 mm SL. 
Figure 10. Garra nasuta , 73 mm SL and mouth of Garra nasuta. 





246 


Sitthi Kulabtong & Rujira Mahaprom 



Figures 11-1 6. Freshwater fish in Cyber Stream, outside Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary, West Thailand. Figure 13. 
Schistura desmotes, 63 mm SL. Figure 14. Homalopteroides smithi, 35 mm SL. Figure 15. Pseudohomaloptera cf. leonardi , 
70 mm SL. Figure 16. Poecilia reticulata , male, 23 mm SL. Figure 17. Poecilia reticulata, female, 26 mm SL. Figure 18. 
Channa cf. gachua, 133 mm SL. 


Sub-continent to Southeast Asia. Introduced in 
America. 

Thai local name. Pla kra tung hav. 

Order SYNBRANCHIFORMES Bonaparte, 1838 
Family MASTACEMBELIDAE Bleeker, 1870 

Mastacembelus favus Hora, 1924 
Tire track eel 

Habitat. This species was found in the pool of 
the headwater stream and transparent running slow 
stream. 


Distribution. This species is known from Thai- 
land to Malay Peninsula. 

Thai local name. Pla kra ting. 

Order CYPRINODONTIFORMES L.S. Berg, 1940 
Family POECILIIDAE Bloch et Schneider, 1801 

Poecilia reticulata Peters, 1859 
Guppies 

Habitat. This species (Figs. 14, 15) was found 
in the pool of the headwater stream. 



Preliminary survey of hill stream fishes in Upper Cyber Stream, outside Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary, Thailand 247 


Distribution. This species is native to South 
America; introduced to many different countries in 
the world. 

Thai local name. Pla hang nok yung. 
Remarks. Alien species in Thailand. 

Order PERCIFORMES Bleeker, 1859 
Family AMBASSIDAE Klunzinger, 1870 

Parambassis siamensis (Fowler, 1937) 

Siamese glassfish 

Habitat. This species was found in the pool of 
the headwater stream and transparent running slow 
stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from Indo- 
china to Malay Peninsula; introduced in Singapore 
and Indonesia. 

Thai local name. Pla pan ghav. 


Family NANDIDAE Bleeker, 1852 

Pristolepis fasciata (Bleeker, 1851) 

Malayan leaffish 

Habitat. This species was found in the pool of 
the headwater stream and transparent running slow 
stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from 
Myanmar to Indonesia. 

Thai local name. Pla mor chang yab. 

Channa cf. gachua (Hamilton, 1822) 

Dwarf snakehead 

Habitat. This species (Fig. 16) was found in 
running slow stream and the pool of the headwater 
stream. 

Distribution. This species is known from In- 
dian Sub-continent to Southeast Asia. 

Thai local name. Pla gung. 

Remarks. In Thailand, the taxonomic status of 
this taxon is still unclear, being reported from time 
to time as C. gachua or C. limbata. 


CONCLUSIONS 

In this work a total of 1 0 families and 22 species 
of hill stream fishes were recorded from Upper 
Cyber Stream, outside Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife 
Sanctuary, West Thailand. In particular, 1 alien 
species, Poecilia reticulata is reported for Upper 
Cyber Stream and two species, Pseudohomaloptera 
cf. leonardi and Channa cf. gachua still have an 
unclear taxonomic status. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

The authors are grateful to reviewers for review- 
ing this manuscript. We would like to thanks Miss 
Buppa Amkat, Chairman and Mr. Songwut Sujaree, 
Vice chairman of Save wildlife of Thailand for 
financial support and providing help during the 
field survey. Finally, a special thanks to all rangers 
of Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary and to 
all partners of Save wildlife of Thailand Team for 
helping in collecting the specimens employed in 
this study. 

REFERENCES 

Faculty of Forestry. 1989. Master Plan of Huai Kha 
Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary. Kasetsart University 
Thailand. 

Forest Research Center, 1997. Application of Remote 
Sensing and GIS for Monitoring Forest Fand Use 
Change in Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanctuary. 
Faculty of Forestry. Kasetsart University, Thailand. 
Kottelat M., 1998. Fishes of the Nam Theun and Xe 
Bangfai basins, Laos, with diagnoses of twenty-two 
new species (Teleostei: Cyprinidae, Balitoridae, 
Cobitidae, Coiidae and Odontobutidae). Ichthyolo- 
gical Exploration of Freshwaters, 9: 1-128. 

Kottelat M., 2001. Fishes of Laos. WHT Publications, 
Colombo, 198 pp. 

Kunlapapuk S. & Kulabtong S., 2011. Breeding, Nursing 
and Biology of Thai Mahseer ( Tortamboides ) in 
Malaysia: An Overview. Journal of Agricultural 
Science and Technology, Al: 1214-1216. 

Petsut N. & Kulabtong S., 2015. Field survey of fresh- 
water fishes in Upper Wang River, North Thailand. 
Biodiversity Journal, 6: 513-516. 

Rainboth W.J., 1996. Fishes of the Cambodian Mekong. 
FAO Species Identification Field Guide for Fishery 
Purposes. FAO, Rome, 265 pp. 


248 


Sitthi Kulabtong & Rujira Mahaprom 


Sukmasuang R., 2009. Population Density of Density of 
Asian Elephant in Huai Kha Khaeng Wildlife Sanc- 
tuary. Thai Journal of Forestry, 28: 40-50. 

Simcharoen A., Savini T., Gale G.A., Roche E., 
Chimchome V. & Smith J.L.D., 2014. Ecological 
factors that influence sambar (Rusa unicolor ) 
distribution and abundance in western Thailand: 
implications for tiger conservation. Raffles Bulletin 
of Zoology, 62: 100-106 

Vidthayanon C., Karnasuta J. & Nabhitabhata, 1997. 
Diversity of freshwater fishes in Thailand. Office of 


Environmental and Planning, Bangkok, 120 pp. 

Royal Irrigation Department, 2012. The Effect of Sedi- 
mentation to Reservoir Capacity; A Case Study of 
Huai Khunkaew Reservoir, Huai Khot District, Uthai 
Thani Province. Office of water management and 
hydrology, Royal Irrigation Department, 49 pp. 

WEFCOM, 2004. GIS Database and its Applications for 
Ecosystem Management. The Western Forest Com- 
plex Ecosystem Management Project, Department of 
National Park, Wildlife, and Plant Conservation, 
Bangkok, Thailand, 228 pp. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 249-252 


Princidium ( Testedium ) laetum (Brulle, 1 836) new to Italian 
fauna (Coleoptera CarabidaeTrechinae Bembidiini) 


Calogero Muscarella 1 & Maurizio Pavesi 2 * 


'Cooperativa Silene, Via D’Ondes Reggio 8A Scala G, 90127 Palermo, Italy; e-mail: calogero@silenecoop.org 
2 Museo di Storia Naturale, Corso Venezia 55, 20121 Milano, Italy; e-mail: maurizio_pavesi@yahoo.com 
^Corresponding author, 


ABSTRACT The Mediterranean ground beetle Princidium ( Testedium ) laetum (Brulle, 1836) (Coleoptera 

Carabidae Trechinae Bembidiini) is herewith first recorded for Italy, on Favignana Island 
(Egadi Archipelago). The site of the species is a small complex of coastal temporary pools. 
Notes on the species and considerations on the significance of its local occurrence are given. 

KEY WORDS Egadi Islands; new species to Italy; Princidium ( Testedium ) laetum; Carabidae. 

Received 27.05.2016; accepted 19.06.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

Favignana, with an area of about 20 km 2 , is the 
larger island of Egadi Archipelago, west of Sicily 
(Trapani province). It is about 9 km in length and 
4.8 km in maximum width, situated less than 10 km 
from the major island. The sea between the two is 
shallow, the depth not exceeding 1 3 m, so that even 
during minor marine regressions in the past they 
have been connected to each other by an emerged 
land bridge. 

The island is crossed in its widest point by the 
“Montagna Grossa” range, running from North to 
South, reaching 302 m a.s.l. with the Mount Santa 
Caterina (302 m). East and west of the range there 
are two plains, “la Piana” (= “the Plain”) and “il 
Bosco” (= “the Wood”) respectively. The formerly 
existing woodlands have been almost completely 
destroyed; the landscape is at present rather bare, 
largely dominated by grasslands and garrigues with 
some typical elements of the Mediterranean 
maquis, such as wild olive ( Olea europaea L.), 
mastic (Pistacia lentiscus L.), arboreal euphorbia 


( Euphorbia dendroides L.). Nevertheless, flora 
includes many elements of great phytogeografic 
interest, as well as a number of endemic ones. A 
floristic survey, dating to sixties of XX century, on 
Egadi islands records for Favignana about 570 
species (Di Martino & Trapani, 1967). Recent 
surveys are expected to result in increase of this 
number (La Rosa, pers. comm.). 

The first zoological surveys on Favignana date 
to sixties of XX century, within the CNR “Piccole 
Isole” (= small islands) project. Results refer mainly 
to Amphibia and Reptilia (Bruno, 1970; Lanza, 
1973) and to some Arthropoda groups, namely 
Coleoptera Tenebrionidae (Focarile, 1969; Mar- 
cuzzi, 1970), Carabidae (Magistretti, 1971), Staphyl- 
inidae (Bordoni, 1973), Curculionidae (Magnano 
& Osella, 1973; Osella, 1973), Chrysomelidae 
(Daccordi & Ruffo, 1975); Chilopoda (Matic, 
1968); Diplopoda (Strasser, 1969); Araneae Dys- 
deridae (Alicata, 1973); terrestrial Isopoda (Camso, 
1973). Since then, further contributions resulted in 
increased knowledge for Coleoptera Tenebrionidae 
(Aliquo, 1993, 1995), Rhynchota (= Hemiptera) 


250 


Calogero Muscarella & Maurizio Pavesi 


Heteroptera (Carapezza, 1993) and terrestrial Mol- 
lusca (Riedel, 1973; Beckmann, 2002; Fiorentino 
et al., 2004). 

Princidium ( Tes tedium ) laetum Brulle, 1836 is 
a Mediterranean (extending to Macaronesia) 
species, whose recorded range includes Iberian 
peninsula, Canary Islands (type locality), North 
Africa, Greece and Turkey (Marggi et al., 2003), 
though not recorded for the latter in Casale & Vigna 
Taglianti (1999). It lives in warm areas, where it 
inhabits borders of standing, often temporary 
waters, including artificial basins, and also damp 
soils not close to open water. 

In April and May 2016 one of us (CM), during 
a field trip in Favignana Island (Egadi Archipelago, 
Sicily), noticed a population of P. laetum in a small 
coastal wetland. The present record is the first one 
for Italy. 

MATERIAL AND METHODS 
Study area 

The biotope where P. laetum was discovered 
(37°56'58"N - 12°18'05"E) is situated close to Punta 
Faraglione, on the north-western coast of the Fav- 
ignana Island (Figs. 1, 2). It is a small complex of 
Mediterranean temporary pools on brown soils with 
calcarenite and dolomite outcrops (Abate et al., 
1994). It is an extremely significant environment, 
from biologic and conservation viewpoint, recog- 
nized by the Habitats Directive (92/43/EEC) as Site 


of Community Importance (Genovesi et al., 2014). 
Several rare plants, Aristolochia navicularis Nardi, 
Limonium dubium (Guss.), L. hyblaeum Brullo, L. 
virgatum (Willd.), L. bocconei (Lojac.) Litard., L. 
lojaconoi Brullo e.g., are found here (La Rosa, pers. 
comm.). 

Sampling 

On 5-6.IV.20 16 and 13.V.2016, several P. laetum 
individuals were observed and photographed (Fig. 
3) by one of us (CM), close to one single pool 
within the said area; some of them were collected 
in order to confirm determination and are now 
housed in the authors’ collections. Beetles were 
found on damp soil, not far from the water edge, 
under stones or hidden into the crevices. No other 
hygrophilous Coleoptera were found to co-occur 
with them, and no individual was seen at the re- 
maining pools of the area, despite of seemingly 
quite similar conditions. 

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS 

It looks quite surprising that none of the ento- 
mologists that previously collected on Favignana 
ever noticed such a conspicuous and unmistakable 
insect as P. laetum , no doubt one of the most hand- 
some among European and Mediterranean ground 
beetles; even more because in this kind of small 
islands, aquatic habitats are rare, and when existing 
are hardly overlooked by researchers. According to 



Figures l, 2. Favignana Island: temporary pool west of Punta Faraglione, habitat of Princidium ( Tes tedium ) laetum. 



Princidium (Testedium) laetum (Brulle, 1836) new to Italian fauna (Coleoptera Carabidae) 


251 


Focarile (1969) and Osella (1973), Favignana was 
visited in March, May- June and October, i.e. in 
periods at least partly suitable for findings of this 
species. At least the former author should have 
visited this or some such habitat, since Magistretti 
(1970), upon Focarile’s materials, records for Fav- 
ignana (sub Bembidion tethys Net.) Phyla tethys 
(Netolitzky, 1926), a hygrophilous ground beetle. 
Incidentally, with possible exception of Distichus 
planus (Bonelli, 1813), listed sub Scarites planus 
Bon., that may be found either at the pools (more 
likely) or at seashore, no other hygrophilous ground 
beetles {Dyschiriodes Jeannel, 1941 s .1 . , Bembidion 
Latreille, 1802 s.l., Tachys Dejean, 1821 s.l .,Pogo- 
nus Dejean, 1821 s.l., Chlaenius Bonelli, 1810 s.l., 
e.g.) are recorded for the island. 

In our opinion it seems not unlikely that at the 
time P. laetum simply did not exist there, and that 
its occurrence may result from a recent colonisation 
from airborne individuals (aeroplankton). In genera 
related to (and by several authors treated as sub- 
genera of) Bembidion , most species are good fliers, 
probably unable to fly actively over very long 
distances, yet no doubt able to stay on flight for 
several hours, reaching even quite far areas when 
supported by southern winds. The minimum 
distance between Tunisian coast, where P. laetum 
occurs, and Favignana is less than 150 km, clearly 
at reach of such fliers. Anyway, the fair number of 
individuals seen together, only in a small spot, 
excludes that all of them may have come from over- 
seas, and proves at least occasional local breeding. 
The local absence of potential competitors may 
have favoured the subsequent settlement. It is at 
present unknown whether the species permanently 
occurs on Favignana, or only does so as a temporary 
occurrence, not to persist in the next future. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

We wish to thank Michele Zilioli (Museo di 
Storia Naturale, Milano, Italy) for the pictures of 
the prepared specimen. We also thank Paolo Neri 
(Forli, Italy) for informations about the species, 
Alfonso La Rosa (Palermo, Italy) for communica- 
tion of unpublished floristic data about Favignana 
and Paolo Balistreri (Favignana, Italy) for accom- 
panying one of us (CM) on trips around the Fav- 
ignana Island. 



Figures 3-5. Princidium ( Testedium ) laetum , from Fav- 
ignana. Fig. 3. Living animal in situ. Fig. 4. Idem, habitus. 
Fig. 5. Idem, aedeagus. 


252 


Calogero Muscarella & Maurizio Pavesi 


REFERENCES 

Abate B., Incandela A. & Renda P., 1994. “Lineamenti 
strutturali dell’isola di Marettimo”. Atti del 77° 
Congresso della Societa Geologica Italiana, Bari, 
26-28 settembre 1994: 96-98. 

Alicata P., 1973. I Dysderidae (Araneae) delle Eolie, 
delle Egadi e di Ustica. Lavori della Societa italiana 
di Biogeografia (N.S.), 3 (1972): 341-353. 

Aliquo V., 1993. Dati nuovi e riassuntivi sui Coleotteri 
Tenebrionidi delle isole circumsiciliane (Coleoptera: 
Tenebrionidae). II Naturalista siciliano, 17: 111-125. 

Aliquo V., 1995. Nuovi reperti di Tenebrionidae delle 
isole circumsiciliane (Insecta Coleoptera). II Natur- 
alista siciliano, 19: 131. 

Bordoni A., 1973. I Coleotteri Stafilinidi delle isole 
circumsiciliane. 21. Contributo alia conoscenza degli 
Staphylinidae. Lavori della Societa italiana di 
Biogeografia (N.S.), 3 (1972): 651-754. 

Beckmann K.-H., 2002. Elemente einer Revision der 
endemischen Rupestrellen Siziliens. In: Falkner M., 
Groh K. & Speight M.C.D. (Eds.): Collectanea 
Malacologica: Festschrift fur Gerhard Falkner, S. 
49-78, ConchBooks, Hackenheim. 

Bruno S., 1970. Anfibi e Rettili di Sicilia. Studi sulla 
fauna erpetologica italiana, 11. Tipografia Ospizio di 
Beneficenza, Catania. 

Carapezza A., 1993. Eterotteri nuovi per le isole Eolie, 
Ustica e le isole Egadi, con nuove sinonimie (Insecta: 
Rhynchota). II Naturalista siciliano, 17: 291-303. 

Caruso D., 1973. Isopodi terrestri delle Isole Eolie ed 
Egadi. Lavori della Societa italiana di Biogeografia 
(N.S.), 3 (1972): 315-326. 

Casale A. & Vigna Taglianti A., 1999. Caraboid beetles 
(excl. Cicindelidae) of Anatolia, and their biological 
significance (Coleoptera, Caraboidea). Biogeogra- 
phia (N.S.), 20: 277-406. 

Daccordi M. & Ruffo S., 1975. Coleotteri Crisomelidi 
delle Isole Egadi e descrizione di una nuova specie 
del genere Pachybrachis Chevr. Bollettino del Museo 
civico di Storia naturale, Verona, 1: 427-437. 

Di Martino A. & Trapani S., 1967. Flora e vegetazione 
delle isole di Favignana e Levanzo nelTArcipelago 
delle Egadi. I. Favignana. Lavori dell’Istituto di 
Botanica e del Giardino Coloniale di Palermo, 22 
(1965): 122-228. 

Fiorentino V., Cianfanelli S., Manganelli G. & Giusti F., 
2004. I molluschi non marini delle Isole Egadi 


(Canale di Sicilia): biodiversita e conservazione. 
Poster XIV congresso nazionale Societa Italiana di 
Ecologia, Siena. 

Focarile A., 1969. Sintesi preliminare delle attuali cono- 
scenze sui Coleotteri Tenebrionidi delle piccole 
isole circum-siciliane (Coleoptera Tenebrionidae). 
Memorie della Societa entomologica italiana, 48: 
402-416. 

Genovesi R, Angelini P., Bianchi E., Dupre E., Ercole S., 
Giacanelli V., Ronchi F. & Stoch F., 2014. Specie 
e habitat di interesse comunitario in Italia: dis- 
tribuzione, stato di conservazione e trend. ISPRA, 
Serie Rapporti, 194/2014. 

Lanza B., 1973. Gli anfibi e rettili delle isole circumsi- 
ciliane. Lavori della societa Italiana di Biogeografia 
(N.S.), 3 (1972): 755-804. 

Magistretti M., 1971. Coleotteri Cicindelidi e Carabidi 
delle Egadi, di Ustica e delle Eolie. Memorie del 
Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona, 18 (1970): 
295-306. 

Magnano L. & Osella G., 1973. La curculionidofauna 
delle isole circumsiciliane: alcune osservazioni 
zoogeografiche. Lavori della Societa italiana di 
Biogeografia (N.S.), 3 (1972): 621-649. 

Marcuzzi M., 1970. Contributo alia conoscenza dei 
Tenebrionidi delle Egadi. XVI contributo alia cono- 
scenza dei Tenebrionidi. Memorie della Societa 
entomologica italiana, 102: 87-91. 

Marggi W., Huber C., Miiller-Motzfeld G. & Hartmann 
M., 2003. Carabidae: Bembidiini: Bembidiina. In: 
Lobl I. & Smetana A. (Eds.): Catalogue of Palaearctic 
Coleoptera. Vol. 1. Archostemata - Myxophaga - 
Adephaga. Apollo Books, Stenstrup. 

Matic Z., 1968. Contributions a la connaissance des Chilo- 
podes des lies: Favignana, Levanzo et Marettimo. 
Memorie del Museo civico di Storia naturale di 
Verona, 15: 263-267. 

Riedel A., 1973. Die Gruppen Hyalocornea Monterosato 
und Hvalofusca Monterosato der Gattung Oxychilus 
Fitzinger (Gastropoda, Zonitidae). Annales Zoologi 
Warszawa, 29: 191-207. 

Osella G., 1973: I Curculionidi delle isole Egadi (Cole- 
optera). Atti dell'Accademia Gioenia di Scienze 
naturali in Catania, CXLIX, ser. 7a, 5: 19-50. 

Strasser C., 1969. Diplopodi delle isole Eolie d’Ustica 
ed Egadi. Atti dell’Accademia Gioenia di Scienze 
naturali in Catania, 145, ser. 7a, 1: 121-143. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 253-256 


Biological data of Burmese carplet Amblypharyngodon atkin- 
sonii (Blyth, 1 860) in South Myanmar (Cypriniformes Cyprsn- 
idae): a preliminary report 


Sitthi Kulabtong 


Save wildlife of Thailand, Wangnoi District, Ayuttaya Province, Thailand; e-mail: kulabtong2011@hotmail.com 


ABSTRACT The present paper reports on biological data of Burmese carplet, Amblypharyngodon atkin- 

sonii (Blyth, 1 860) in Tanintharyi River, Tavoy, Tanintharyi Division, South Myanmar. The 
study indicated that this fish is a surface and mid- water feeder. According to stomach content, 
it can be considered as planktivorous and insectivorous. Food items can be separated into 
five groups, namely phytoplanktons, zooplanktons, aquatic insects, plant materials and organic 
matters, the first two being the main items. Females of A atkinsonii were found to be predo- 
minant. The length-weight relationship was related by the equation, W = 0.000003 1SL 3 5221 ; 
(R 2 = 0.94). Fecundity ranged from 1,548-4,020 eggs. Fecundity-length relationship was re- 
lated by the equation, Fe = 0.88046SL 1 9560 ; (R 2 = 0.87) and Fecundity-weight by Fe = 
914.4292W 0 - 6182 ; (R 2 = 0.88). 

KEY WORDS Amblypharyngodon atkinsonii', feeding habit; fecundity; Myanmar. 

Received 03.12.2016; accepted 19.01.2016; printed 30.03.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

The Tanintharyi River originates at Tanow Sri 
mountain range, frontier of Thailand and Myanmar 
at an altitude of 2,074 m. This river system runs 
through Tanintharyi Division, Southern Myanmar 
after passing by several towns, including Tagu, 
Banlaw, Wunna, Thamihla, Tharapon and Kahan 
and flows into the Andaman Sea at the Tanintharyi 
Estuary, Myeik City with a total length of about 250 
kilometers. Tanintharyi River is a major river of 
southern Myanmar and a very important river basin 
(Grosberg, 2005), but very little is known about 
aquatic resources in this area, including biological 
data of fish populations. 


The freshwater cyprinid fish genus, Amblypha- 
ryngodon Bleeker, 1860, order Cypriniformes 
Bleelcer, 1859, family Cyprinidae Cuvier, 1817, has 
been reported from Indian Subcontinent to South- 
east Asia (Blyth, 1860; Talwar & Jhingran, 1991 
Kottelat, 2013; Doi, 1997). 

In Myanmar, it comprises two valid species: 
Amblypharyngodon mola (Hamilton, 1822) repor- 
ted from West to Central Myanmar and A. atkin- 
sonii (Blyth, 1860) (Fig. 1) reported from Central 
to South Myanmar (Vidthayanon et al., 2005). In 
Myanmar it is poorly known, on the contrary, in 
India A. mola is a popular food, particularly in the 
Indian sub-continent. Amblypharyngodon mola is 
a species, mostly planktivorous, inhabiting in 


254 


SlTTHI K.ULABTONG 


ponds, reservoirs, slow-moving streams or main 
stream. The spawning season is all year round and 
fecundity was found to range from 1,021-13,812 
eggs (Suresh et al., 2007; Gupta & Banerjee, 2013, 
2014; Mondal & Kaviraj, 2013). At present, nothing 
is known on A. atkinsonii. 

A survey project aimed at studying freshwater 
fishes in Tanintharyi River, Tavoy, Tanintharyi Di- 
vision, South Myanmar was carried out in August 
2014. Specimens of A. atkinsonii were collected 
by beach seine along with other fish including 
Esomns ahli Hora et Mukerji 1928, Puntius chola 
(Hamilton, 1822), Mystus pulcher (Chaudhuri, 
1911), Parambassis ranga (Hamilton, 1822), 
Trichogaster labiosa Day, 1877, Pseudopocryptes 
elongatus (Cuvier, 1816), Odontamblyopus rubi- 
cundus (Hamilton, 1822) and others. The purpose 
of this study is provide new preliminary data on 
biology of A. atkinsonii. 

ACRONYMS AND ABBRE VATION S . Stand- 
ard length = SL; head length = HL. 

MATERIAL AND METHODS 


Field study was carried out in August 2014. 
Fifteen specimens of Burmese carplet were col- 
lected by beach seine (lxl mm). Feeding morpho- 
logy was investigated according to Nakabo 
(2002); stomach content analysis was performed 
as in Hyslop (1980); sex, length-weight relation- 
ship and fecundity were studied as reported by 
Krebs (1998). 

RESULTS 
Feeding habit 

Feeding morphology of Burmese carplet (Fig. 
2) showed that the position of the mouth is in the 
upper part of the head (superior mouth), this char- 
acter indicated that this fish is a surface and mid- 
water feeder. Average values of intestinal length 
(compared to standard length) is 300.77±6.57. Gill 
rakers are short, sparse, pointed in shape, average 
number of first gill rakers is 12±3. Particularly, A. 
atkinsonii is compressed, body length is about 42- 
54 mm, body depth is 33.6-35.5% SF. Head 


length is 26.6-26.8% SF. Eye is large, eye dia- 
meter is 25.7-27.3%HF (73-1.6% SF). Post or- 
bital length is 66.7-67.1% HE (17.7-18.6% SF), 
snout length is short, 12.1-14.9% HE (3. 2-4. 6% 
SF) and interorbital width is 37.3-39.2% HE 
(10.2-10.8% SF). Based on stomach content ana- 
lysis, the fish can be considered as planktivorous 
and benthivorous. Food items can be separated 
into five groups, i.e. phytoplanktons, zooplank- 
tons, aquatic insects, plant materials and organic 
matters. Phytoplanktons and zooplanktons were 
the main ones. 

Sex 

The number of female specimens we found was 
higher than males, namely 1 1 females and 5 males. 
This finding is in line with other papers reporting 
on sex ration in A. mola (see Afroze et al., 1991; 
Mondal & Kaviraj, 2013; Gupta & Banerjee, 2013; 
2014). 

Length-Weight relationship 

Total length ranged from 42 mm to 54 mm and 
weight from 1.63 to 3.9 grams. The length- weight 
relationship equation (sexes combined) was: 

W= 0.000003 1ST 3 5221 
(R 2 = 0.94) 

Where 

W = weight of specimens (g) 

SF = standard length of specimens (mm) 

Fecundity 

Fecundity ranged from 1,548-4,020 eggs. Fi- 
near relationships were estimated between fecun- 
dity and standard length and weight, respectively. 

Fecundity - Fength relationship 

Fe = 0.88046SF 1 - 9560 
(R 2 = 0.87) 

Where 

Fe = fecundity of specimens (eggs) 

SF = standard length of specimens (cm) 


Biological data of Burmese carplet Amblypharyngodon atkinsonii in S-Myanmar (Cyprini formes Cyprinidae) 255 



Figure 1 .Amblypharyngodon atkinsonii, 54 mm SL, from South Myanmar. Figures 2-4. Feeding morphology of 
Amblypharymgodon atkinsonii'. Figure 2. The position of the mouth, Figure 3. Gill rakers, Figure 4. Intestine. 


Fecundity - Weight relationship 

Fe = 914.4292W 06182 
(R 2 = 0.88) 

Where 

Fe = fecundity of specimens (eggs) 

W = weight of specimens (g) 

CONCLUSIONS 

Very preliminary data discussed herein suggest 


that Burmese carplet in South Myanmar is plankti- 
vorous and benthivorous; fecundity (1,548-4,020 
eggs) was found to be related to body length and 
weight. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I wish to thank the anonymous reviewers for 
their invaluable editorial advice; a special thank to 
Sawika Kunlapapuk, Lecturer of Silpakorn Univer- 
sity, Phetchaburi IT campus, Thailand for providing 
the data and for help in collecting the specimens 
employed in this study. 


256 


SlTTHI K.ULABTONG 


REFERENCES 

Afroze S., Hossain M.A. & Parween S., 1991. Notes on 
the size frequency distribution and length-weight 
relationship of freshwater fish Amblypharyngodon 
mola (Hamilton) (Cypriniformes: Cyprinidae). Uni- 
versity Journal of Zoology, Rajshahi University, 10 
& 11: 103-104. 

Blyth E., 1860. Report on some fishes received chiefly 
from the Sitang River and its tributary streams, 
Tenasserim Provinces. Journal of the Asiatic Society 
of Bengal, 29: 138-174. 

Doi A., 1997. A review of taxonomic studies of cyprini- 
form fishes in Southeast Asia. Japanese Journal of 
Ichthyology, 44: 1-33. 

Grosberg R.R.M., 2005. Myanmar (Burma). Lonely 
Planet Publishing, 404 pp. 

Gupta S. & Banerjee S., 2013. Studies on some aspects 
of Reproductive biology of Amblypharyngodon mola 
(Hamilton-Buchanan, 1822). International Research 
Journal of Biological Sciences, 2: 69-77 . 

Gupta S. & Banerjee S., 2014. Feeding and breeding 
biology of Amblypharyngodon mola - A review. 
International Journal of Aquatic Biology, 2: 85-90. 

Hyslop E., 1980. Stomach content analysis-a review of 


methods and their application. Journal of Fish Bio- 
logy, 17:411-429. 

Kottelat M., 2013. The fishes of the inland waters of 
southeast Asia: a catalogue and core bibiography of 
the fishes known to occur in freshwaters, mangroves 
and estuaries. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology, Supple- 
ment No. 27: 663. 

Krebs C.J., 1998, Ecological methodology. Addison 
Wesley Longman, Menlo Park, California, 620 pp. 

Mondal D.K. & Kaviraj A., 2013. Feeding and repro- 
ductive biology of Amblypharyngodon mola (Cyp- 
riniformes: Cyprinidae) from two floodplain lakes 
of India. International Journal of Aquatic Biology, 1: 
125-131. 

Nakabo T., 2002. Fishes of Japan with pictorial key the 
species. Tokai Univrsity Press, 1749 pp. 

Suresh V.R., Biswas B.K., Vinci G.K., Mitra K. & 
Mukherjee A., 2007. Biology of Amblypharyngodon 
mola (Hamilton) from a floodplain wetland, West 
Bengal. Indian Journal of Fisheries, 54: 155-161. 

Talwar P.K. & Jhingran A.G., 1991. Inland fishes of India 
and adjacent countries. Vol. 1-2. A. A. Balkema, 
Rotterdam. 541 pp. 

Vidthayanon C., Termvidchakorn A. & Pe M., 2005. 
Inland fishes of Myanmar. Southeast Asian fisheries 
development center, 160 pp. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 257-260 


About the wide Mediterranean distribution of the “geograph- 
ically localized” Clelandella myriamae (Gofas, 2005) (Gastro- 
podaTrochidae) 


Salvatore Giacobbe 1 * & Antonio Di Bella 2 


'University of Messina, Department of Chemical, Biological, Pharmaceutical and Environmental Sciences, Viale Stagno d’Alcontres 

31, 98166 Messina, Italy 

2 Via Messina 12, 98066 Patti, Messina, Italy 

"■Corresponding auhor, e-mail: sgiacobbe@unime.it 


ABSTRACT Almost one thousands of empty shells recognized as Clelandella myriamae (Gofas, 2005) 

(Gastropoda Trochidae) have been collected from the Gioia Basin (South Tyrrhenian) and, in 
minor number, from the Strait of Messina. The records remarkably increase the areal known 
for this bathyal species, previous known only from Levantine Basin. 

KEY WORDS bathyal; Clelandella', first record; gastropod; Mediterranean. 

Received 22.04.2016; accepted 11.05.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

Before Gofas (2005), who described five new 
species from northeastern Atlantic and Mediter- 
ranean, the genus Clelandella Winckworth, 1932 
(Gastropoda Trochidae), was only known for C. 
miliaris (Brocchi, 1814), whose areal extends from 
Norway to West Africa and Mediterranean Sea. A 
further species has been added by Vilvens et al. 
(2011) for Western Sahara. All such new species 
appeared geographically localized, as an effect of 
insular segregation, as suggested for the endemic 
Mediterranean C. myriamae (Gofas, 2005). This 
latter species, that has been first collected south of 
Crete, broadly sympatric with C. miliaris (Gofas, 
2005), has been later recorded in the Nile Deep-Sea 
Fan, both located in the eastern Mediterranean 
(Gaudron et al., 2010). 

In this paper, the finding of numerous C. myri- 
amae dead specimens from the Messina Strait and 


close Tyrrhenian sea, is reported, testifying of a 
wider areal than previous known. 

MATERIAL AND METHODS 

The Strait of Messina and Tyrrhenian coasts of 
Calabrian (Fig. 1) have been respectively explored 
in the framework of the projects POP ’95 and POR 
Calabria 2005. Seafloor sediments, in both invest- 
igations, have been sampled by means of a modi- 
fied van Veen crab covering 0.25 square meter 
surface (75 dm 3 in volume). 

Samples have been washed on board with sea- 
water, by means of sieve series of 8 mm, 4 mm, 1 
mm, 0.5 mm meshes, and fixed in ethylene 75%. 
In laboratory, after removing of benthic fauna, 
sediments have been washed with fresh water and 
dried at 45°C. From dried sediments, all shell 
remains have been extracted and classified at the 


258 


Salvatore Giacobbe & Antonio Di Bella 



Figures 1-3. Clelandella myriamae. Mediterranean distribution (Fig. 1) and new findings (Fig. 2). 

The shell-shape variability (Fig. 3). 





The wide Mediterranean distribution of the “geographically localized” C\e\ande\\a. myriamae (Gastropoda Trochidae) 259 


species level, as far as possible. All C. myriamae 
specimens have been counted and set aside for 
further investigation. 

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 

From the investigated death assemblages, 
nearly a thousand of empty shells were recognized 
as C. myriamae. Most specimens have been 
collected in the Gioia Basin, south Tyrrhenian 
(Fig. 2), by two sampling stations located 371 m 
(St. IB) and 335 m depth (St. 1C). Both stations 
were characterized by a mixture of coarse sand 
(80-90%) and gravel (9-10%), rich in bioclastic 
fragments. A further dozen specimens, sampled 
inside the Messina Strait (Fig. 2), were found at 
lower depth (-185 m: St. PIC01), in a coarse bio- 
clastic substrate. 

The sampled shells showed a remarkable mor- 
phological variability (Fig. 3), ranging between 
the two “typical” and “aberrant” forms cited by 
Gofas (2005). Such variability has been recently 
investigated by Sanfilippo et al. (in press) on the 
specimens collected in the 1C station. The present 
samplings of C. myriamae testify of a wider distri- 
bution of this species rather than the Levantine 
Basin only, overcoming the eastern-western 
Mediterranean boundary (Bianchi, 2007). Further- 
more, the two records from Tyrrhenian and Mess- 
ina should be considered as bio-geographically 
distinct, although separate by twenty kilometers 
only. 

The Strait of Messina, in fact, is interposed 
between two basins, Tyrrhenian at north, and Ionian 
at south, with different oceanographic character- 
istics. Moreover, the Strait of Messina itself is quite 
different from both the close Tyrrhenian and Ionian 
basins, due to the peculiar tidal regime and related 
upwelling phenomena, and for this reason is con- 
sidered a biogeographically distinct “micro-sector” 
(Bianchi et al., 2010). 

The bathymetric range of the species is also 
wider than known, extending at least from the upper 
(present records) to the deeper bathyal zone (first 
records). In terms of habitat, the peculiar environ- 
ment of mud volcanoes which provided the first 
specimens of C. myriamae (Curlier et al., 2010) 
does not involve a specialized adaptation towards 


extreme habitats supported by chemosynthetic pro- 
duction. 

In fact, the finding of juveniles in different 
devices with organic and inorganic substrate, 
according to Gaudron et al. (2010), might indicate 
C. myriamae a sulphide tolerant species that 
opportunistically colonizes locally enriched sub- 
strates in oligotrophic areas. Such an opportunistic 
behavior might explain the relevant number of dead 
specimens (very higher than each other associated 
mollusc species) that have been found in a rel- 
atively small sediment volume, thus suggesting C. 
myriamae may reach high population densities. 
Nevertheless, is unclear what food source might 
support a high population density in the Strait, 
lacking any evidence of present hydrothermal 
activity as well as of massive organic matter 
deposition. In this respect, records of alive speci- 
mens from the same area (Vazzana, pers. comm.), 
if confirmed, might provide useful indications about 
the population dynamics and life strategy of such 
scarcely known species. 

REFERENCES 

Bianchi C.N., 2007. Biodiversity issues for the forth- 
coming tropical Mediterranean Sea. Hydrobiologia, 
580: 7-21. 

Bianchi C.N., Morri C., Chiantore M., Montefalcone 
M., Parravicini V. & Rovere A., 2010. Mediter- 
ranean Sea biodiversity between the legacy from 
the past and a future of change. In: Stambler N. 
(Ed.). Life in the Mediterranean Sea: a look at 
habitat changes. Nova Science Publishers, New 
York, 1-60. 

Carlier A., Ritt B., Rodrigues C.F., Sarrazin J., Olu K., 
Grail J. & Clavier J., 2010. Heterogeneous energetic 
pathways and carbon sources on deep eastern Medi- 
terranean cold seep communities. Marine Biology, 
157:2545-2565. 

Gaudron S.M., Pradillon F., Pailleret M., Duperron S., 
Le Brins N. & Galil F., 2010. Colonization of organic 
substrates deployed in deep-sea reducing habitats 
by symbiotic species and associated fauna. Marine 
Environmental Research, 70: 1-12. 

Gofas S., 2005. Geographical differentiation in Clelan- 
della (Gastropoda: Trochidae) in the northeastern 
Atlantic. Journal of Molluscan Studies, 71: 1 33— 
144. 

Sanfilippo R., Giacobbe S., Rosso A., Battaglia G. & 
Paladino R., in press. Shell polymorphisms in the 


260 


Salvatore Giacobbe & Antonio Di Bella 


bathyal Mediterranean top snail Clelandella myri- 
amae Gofas, 2005. Journal of Conchology. 

Vilvens C., Swinnen F. & Deniz Guerra F., 2011. A new 


species of Clelandella (Gastropoda: Trochoidea: 
Trochidae: Cantharidinae) from Western Sahara. 
Novapex, 12: 49-55. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 261-272 


Second contribution to the knowledge of Longhorn Beetles 
of the Syrian Coastal Region (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) 


Khaldoun Ali 1 * & Pierpaolo Rapuzzi 2 


'Plant Protection Department, Faculty of Agriculture, Tishreen University, Latakia, Syria 
2 Via Cialla 48, 33040 Prepotto, Udine, Italy; e-mail: info@ronchidicialla.it 
‘'Corresponding auhor, e-mail: ali86klialdoun@gmail.com 


ABSTRACT Knowledge relating to the Longhorn Beetles of Syria was extended in this study, with special 

emphasis on the Coastal Region (SCR), which was the focal point of a previous study we 
published last year (2015). This contribution provides a detailed account about additional 
species and subspecies that were collected from different areas and localities of the SCR, in as 
much as reporting two new species to be recorded for the first time from the Syrian territory, 
namely: Stenopterus atricornis Pic, 1891 and Pogonocherus barbarae Rapuzzi et Sama, 2012. 
Among the examined catches, one specimen was identified down to the genus level, but its 
species status is doubtful and its validity still needs further examination. All availabe faunistics, 
biogeographies and bionomics of all the reported species and subspecies are given. Moreover, 
a complete, refined and annotated checklist of the Syrian C erambycidae was introduced, with 
special reference to all taxa recoreded from SCR up to the time of publication of this work. 

KEY WORDS Syria; Syrian Costal Region; Longhorn Beetles; Cerambycidae; new data; faunistics. 

Received 24.04.2016; accepted 02.06.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

The biodiveristy of the Middle East (ME) is rather 
unique and might be one of the largest in the 
world, especially that ME serves as a junction 
between three major biogeographic regions (i.e. 
realms) viz. Palaearctic, Afro-tropical and Oriental 
(Krupp et al., 2009). In the grand scheme, ento- 
mology in ME is still inchoate, and reseach en- 
deavors are still hindered by a lingering dearth of 
resources. However, more effort has been dedic- 
ated towards "uncovering" the Middle Eastern 
fauna of insects (e.g. Cerambycidae) in recent 
years, which yielded substantial biodiversity data 
reflected in the notable increase of published work 
relating to that region (e.g. Sama et al., 2002; 


Sama et al., 2010a, b; Ozdikmen, 2007, 2008a, b, 
c; Ali et al., 2015). 

Situated at the heart of ME, Syria harbors an out- 
standing ecological diversity which gives rise to an 
astounding "biologcal richness" manifested in over- 
whelmingly diversified faunae and florae. In reality, 
the knowledge concerning that richness remains 
sketchy and not well established. In regards to the 
scope of this study, the Syrian fauna of Longhorn 
Beetles (Cerambycidae) is insufficiently docu- 
mented, and full accounts are - basically - non 
existant. Meanwhile, it is worth mentioning that 
there is only one ckecklist providing a brief cross- 
referenced record of species and subspecies repor- 
ted from the Syrian territory as a whole (Hariri, 
1971). Still, given the recent surge in taxonomic 


262 


KHALDOUN Au & PlERPAOLO RAPUZZI 


reserch projects trageting ME, region-wise period- 
ically-updated databases are being issued on a 
regular basis. Accordingly, Syrian fauna is more 
likely to encompass more species and subspecies of 
Cerambycidae than previously reported (Danilevsky, 
2012a). Furthermore, taxonomic statuses of taxa are 
rather dynamic and veiy liable to change with the 
course of time, which renders earlier work severly 
outdated and addresses a crucial need for profound 
amendments in order for taxonomic databases to be 
more acurate and attract more validity (Loble & 
Smetana, 2010). 

In line with the novel taxonomic research out- 
reaches in ME, our endeavor was set out to bridge 
the gaps inflicting the knowldege of Cerambycidae 
in Syria. The Syrian Coastal Region (SCR) was 
under our initial limelight of focus due to the typical 
Mediterranean climate and heterogenous geography 
it features, which holds an implication for a signi- 
ficant ecological importance in terms of biod- 
iversity and species richness. Consequently, a 
detailed study of the Cerambycidae fauna of SCR 
was published by Ali et al. (2015), accounting for 
5 1 species and subspecies with 9 species (including 
subspecies )to be recorded for the first time from the 
Syrian territory. 

In this study, we meant to build upon the previous 
contribution, and provide an account for new 
species and subspecies collected from Syria, with 
new taxa to be recorded for the first time as well. 
In light with recent insecurity situations engulfing 
vast streches of the country, a comprehensive 
survey of Cerambycidae fauna covering the whole 
land of Syria was technically unfeasible. Neverthe- 
less, we provide an up-to-date checklist of Syrian 
Cerambycidae with reference to the taxa recoreded 
from the region of concern i.e. SCR. 

MATERIAL AND METHODS 
Study area 

The study area is a small "strip" of land with a 
heterogenous geography; ranging from low plains 
to rocky highlands and mountains reaching more 
than 1000 m of elevation. The area features a typ- 
ical Mediterranean climate, with mildly cold win- 
ters and relatively hot and wet summers. The 
clement weather combined with the highly diver- 


sified flora provide ideal ecological micro-habitats 
for many fauna communities to diversify, and in- 
sects in this regards are a core component of the 
Syrian fauna. 

Collection, preservation, and identification 

Specimens of adult Cerambycidae were col- 
lected by the first author (if not mentioned other- 
wise) from many areas and localities situated 
across the SCR between early February and late 
August throughout 2014-2015. Furthermore, col- 
lections pertaining to fellow rearchers, which 
included specimens originating from Syria were 
also examined. 

Interested readers can refer to Ali et al. (2015) 
for a detailed account concerning collection meth- 
odology, handling and curation techniques. 

Specimens were identified according to: Bense, 
1995, Ozdikmen & Turgut, 2009, Rapuzzi & Sama, 
2012, Rapuzzi & Sama, 2013b. 

Each identified specimen was pictured using an 
Olympus SP 800 UZ digital camera, and all speci- 
mens were permanently preserved in the Entomo- 
logy Laboratory belonging to the Plant Protection 
Department, Faculty of Agriculture, Tishreen Uni- 
versity, Syria. 

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 

During this study a total of 5 species including 
2 subspecies belonging to 5 genera in 5 tribes were 
reported. The species status of one specimen was 
uncertain and further examination is still needed to 
determine its validity. 

A detailed list of the identified taxa is given 
below. With the following order: 

The classification scheme follows Danilevsky 
(2012a). 

Collection sites and localities with their geo- 
graphical data (e.g. latitude, longitude, and altitude) 
are provided in alphabetical order. 

Global distribution data are given in alphabetical 
order, based on Danilevsky (2012a). 

Chorotypes were based on the geographic range 
of distribution based on Danilevsky (2012a); with 
a further reference where appropriate. 

Bionomics, when available, are given, based on: 


Second contribution to the knowledge of Longhorn Beetles of the Syrian Coastal Region 


263 


Hoskovec & Rejzek, 2013, Sama et al., 2010a, b, 
Rapuzzi & Sama, 2012, 2013b, Ozdikmen, 2013. 

Remarks, and personal observations were also 
provided where relevant. 

An up-to-date checklist of Syrian Cerambycidae 
is provided (with special reference to species repor- 
ted from SCR) based on: Breuning, 1962; Ozdik- 
men, 2008; Loble & Smetana, 2010; Kotan & Sama, 
2011; Danilevsky, 2012a, b; Rapuzzi et al., 2011, 
Rapuzzi & Sama, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013a, b; Sama 
& Rapuzzi, 2011; Ozdikmen et al., 2012, 2014; Ali et 
al., 2015, in addition to data obtained from exami- 
ning collections belonging to some fellow resear- 
chers. 


Family CERAMBYCIDAE Latreille, 1802 

Subfamily PRIONINAE Latreille, 1802 

Tribe Prionini Latreille, 1802 

Genus Mesoprionus Jakovlev, 1887 

Type species: Prionus asiaticus Faldermann, 1837 

l. Mesoprionus lefebvrei (Marseul, 1856) 

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia 
Area: Bisnada, 21.0 m, 35°48'14.97"E, 

35°32'52.65"N, 23. IX. 2014 (1 female)/ Qismin, 

191.0 m, 35°54T8.6"E, 35°38T.2"N, 17. IX. 2014 
(1 male)/ Latakia, 20.0 m, 35°46'51.7"E, 
35°31'47.1"N, 3. V. 2015 (1 male)/ Serskieh, 55.0 

m, 35°55T0.40"E, 35°42T9.84"N, 10. VIII. 2015 
(1 female). 

Tartus Province. Baniyas Area: Al-Qadmus, 

919.0 m, 36° 9'40.13"E, 35° 6'6.53"N, 30. XI. 2014 
(1 female). Safita Area: Safita: 310.0 m, 36° 
7'5.14"E, 34°49T.75"N, 16. X. 2014 (1 male). 

Chorotype. Turano-Mediterranean / Balkano- 
Anatolian (Ozdikmen et al., 2012). 

Distribution. Europe (Albania, Bulgaria, 
Greece, Macedonia, European- Turkey, Serbia 
and Montenegro); Asia (Cyprus and Turkey). 

Bionomics. Polyphagous on decidous plants 
(e.g. Acacia mollissima Willd., Ligustrum ovali- 
folium Hassk., Quercus ithaburensis Decne., 
Platanus sp., Ficus sp.); life cycle usually takes 
2-3 years; adults are usually encountered between 
June-August. 

Remarks. Specimens were collected by the 


hand from trunk and branches of some deciduous 
trees, and some specimens were collected from light 
traps situated near forest sites, and it is considered 
as a forester species. 

Subfamily CERAMB Y CINAE Latreille, 1802 
Tribe Cerambycini Latreille, 1802 

Genus Cerambyx Linnaeus, 1758 

Type species: Cerambyx cerdo Linnaeus, 1758 

2. Cerambyx cfr. dux Faldermann, 1837 

Examined material. Latakia Province. Jableh 
Area: Qutaolabyah, 215.0 m, 36° 1'8.98'E, 
35°17T3.14"N, 16. V. 2014 (1 male); 27. VI. 2015 
(1 male). 

Chorotype. Unknown. 

Distribution. Unknown. 

Bionomics. Unknown. 

Remarks. Our first encounter with this species 
was in 2014, and it is rather rare in SCR. We were 
unable to verify the species status; therefore, fur- 
ther examination is needed. Specimens were en- 
countered on the branches of oak trees ( Quercus 
sp.). 

Tribe Purpuricenini J. Thomson, 1861 

Genus Purpuricenus Dejean, 1821 

Type species: Cerambyx kaehleri Linnaeus, 1758 

3. Purpuricenus inters capillatus inter scapillatus 

Plavilstshikov, 1937 

Examined material. Latakia Province. Jableh 
Area: Mazar Al-Qatria: 142.0 m, 35°55'32.1"E, 
35°30'56.0"N, 16. VIII. 2015 (1 male, 1 female). 

Chorotype. E-Mediterranean / Palestino-Cyp- 
rioto-Taurian (Rapuzzi & Sama, 2013). 

Distribution. Asia (Syria and Turkey) [Type: 
“Syria”]. 

Bionomics. Oligophagous on some deciduous 
trees (e.g. Quercus calliprinos Webb., Rhamnus pa- 
laestina Boiss., Primus sp.); life cycle usually takes 
2-3 years; adults are usually encounterd between 
May-August. 


264 


KHALDOUN Au & PlERPAOLO RAPUZZI 


Remarks. Not frequently encounterd in SCR, 
specimens were found on the trunk of an oak tree 
(: Quercus sp.). 

Subfamily LAMIINAE Latreille, 1 825 

Tribe Pogonocherini Mulsant, 1839 

Genus Pogonocherus Dejean, 1821 

Type species: Cerambyx hispidus Linnaeus, 1758 

5. Pogonocherus barbarae Rapuzzi et Sama, 2012 

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia 
Area: Wadi Qandil: 48.0 m, 35°50'28.9"E, 
35°43'20.7”N, 13. VI. 2014 (1 male). 

Chorotype. Unknown. 

Distribution. Turkey and Syria. 

Bionomics. Usually associated with Pinus nigra 
J.F. Arnold. 

Remarks. This is the first record of this species 
from Syria. It is very rare in SCR; the specimen was 
found on a branch of the host plant. 

Tribe Phytoeciini Mulsant, 1839 

Genus Phytoecia Dejean, 1835 

Type species: Cerambyx cylindricus Linnaeus, 1758 

Subgenus Phytoecia Dejean, 1835 

Type species: Cerambyx cylindricus Linnaeus, 1758 

4. Phytoecia caerulea caerulea (Scopoli, 1772) 

Examined material. Tartus Province. Baniyas 
Area: Blawzeh: 462.0 m, 36° 1'5.23"E, 35° 
8'59.40"N, 23. V. 2015 (2 males, 1 female). 

Chorotype. Turano-European (Ozdikmen, 
2008). 

Distribution. Europe, Asia (Azerbaijan, Armenia, 
Georgia, Iran, Kazakhastan, Syria, Tajikistan, 
Terkmenistan, Turkey and Uzbekistan). 

Bionomics. Oligophagous on some herbaceous 
plants (e.g. Sinapsis sp., Sisymbrium sp., Rapistrum 
sp.); life cycle usually takes one year; adults are 
usually encountered between March-June. 

Remarks. Frequently encounterd in SCR, 
especially during early spring (April); specimens 
were collected by sweeping some herbaceous 
plants. 


CONCLUSIONS 

In total, and in accordance with new data 
provided in this study, the Cerambycidae fauna of 
SCR comprises: 139 species including 39 sub- 
species, belonging to 76 genera, in 35 tribes alloc- 
ated to 5 subfamilies. The proposed checklist below, 
and relevant databases will be updated as more pro- 
gress towards building the complete Cerabycidae 
fauna of Syria is achieved. 

As a final point, the diversity in SCR that has 
been uncovered up to now is significantly high, 
which highlights the faunistic importance of the 
longhorn beetles in Syria. Interestingly, the SCR 
account for approximately 85% of all species and 
subspecies reported from Syria (as can be inferred 
from the checklist), and this further enhances our 
discussion about the high ecological importance of 
SCR, but this does not negate the need for further 
studies to be carried out in order to obtain more data 
and "excavate" more species that are waiting to be 
discovered from other regions, especially that SCR 
represents - roughly speaking - only about 2.5% of 
the total area of Syria. 

CHECKLIST OF CERAMBYCIDAE OF SYRIA 

The species marked by * are recorded from the area 
examined in this paper (SCR). 

Subfamily PRIONINAE Latreille, 1802 
Tribe Aegosomatini J. Thomson, 1861 

Genus Aegosoma Audinet-Serville, 1832 
*scabricorne (Scopoli, 1763) 

Tribe Ergatini Fairmaire, 1864 

Genus Callergates Lameere, 1904 
*gaillardoti (Chevrolat, 1854) 

Genus Ergates Audinet-Serville, 1832 
*faber faber (Linnaeus, 1760) 

Tribe Macrotomini J. Thomson, 1861 

Genus Prinobius Mulsant, 1 842 
*myardi atropos (Chevrolat, 1854) 


Second contribution to the knowledge of Longhorn Beetles of the Syrian Coastal Region 


265 


Tribe Prionini Latreille, 1802 

Genus Mesoprionus Jakovlev, 1887 
* lefebvrei (Marseul, 1856) 

Genus Prionus Geoffroy, 1762 
[coriarius (Linnaeus, 1758)] 

*komiyai (Lorenc, 1999) 

Tribe Remphanini Lacordaire, 1868 

Genus Rhaesus Motschulsky, 1875 
*serricollis (Motschulsky, 1838) 

Subfamily APATOPHY SEINAE Lacordaire, 1869 
Tribe Apatophyseini Lacordaire, 1869 

Genus Apatophysis Chevrolat, 1860 
Subgenus Apatophysis Chevrolat, 1860 
katbehi Rapuzzi et Sanaa, 2013 

Subfamily LEPTURINAE Latreille, 1802 
Tribe Lepturini Latreille, 1802 

Genus Anastrangalia Casey, 1924 
*montana montana (Mulsant et Rey, 1863) 

Genus Gramm opt era Audinet-Serville, 1835 
Subgenus Grammoptera Audinet-Serville, 1835 
*baudii pistacivora Sama, 1996 
* grammopteroides (Pic, 1892) 

Genus Pachytodes Pic, 1891 
*erraticus erraticus (Dalman, 1817) 

Genus Pedostrangalia Sokolov, 1 897 
Subgenus Neosphenalia Lobl, 2010 
*emmipoda (Mulsant, 1863) 
riccardoi riccardoi (Holzschuh, 1984) 

Genus Pseudovadonia Lobanov, Danilevsky et 
Murzin, 1981 

*livida livida (Labricius, 1777) 

Genus Stenurella Villiers, 1974 
*bifasciata nigrosuturalis (Reitter, 1895) 

Genus Stictoleptura Casey, 1924 
Subgenus Stictoleptura Casey, 1 924 
*benjamini ehdenensis Sama et Rapuzzi, 2000 
*cordigera cordigera (Luessly, 1775) 


*excisipes (K. Daniel et J. Daniel, 1891) 

*heydeni (Ganglbauer, 1889) 

*sambucicola (Holzschuh, 1982) 

Genus Vadonia Mulsant, 1863 
*unipunctata syricola Holzschuh, 1993 

Tribe Rhagiini Kirby, 1837 

Genus Anisorus Mulsant, 1862 
*heterocerus (Ganglbauer, 1882) 

Genus Cortodera Mulsant, 1863 
*colchica colchica Reitter, 1890 
*longipilis Pic, 1898 
*semilivida Pic, 1892 
syriaca syriaca Pic, 1901 

Genus Rhagium Labricius, 1775 
Subgenus Megarhagium Reitter, 1913 
*syriacum Pic, 1 892 

Genus Rhamnusium Latreille, 1829 
* bicolor praeus turn Reitter, 1895 

Subfamily SPONDYLIDINAE Audinet-Serville, 1832 
Tribe Anisarthrini Mamaev et Danilevsky, 1973 

Genus A locerus Mulsant, 1862 
*moesiacus (Lrivaldszky von Lrivald, 1837) 

Tribe Asemini J. Thomson, 1861 

Genus Arhopalus Audinet-Serville, 1 834 
*ferus 

*syriacus (Reitter, 1895) 

Subfamily CERAMBYCINAE Latreille, 1802 
Tribe Achrysonini Lacordaire, 1 868 

Genus Icosium PH. Lucas, 1854 
*tomentosum atticum Ganglbauer, 1882 

Tribe Brachypteromini Sama, 2008 

Genus Brachypteroma Heyden, 1863 
*holtzi Pic, 1905 


Tribe Callichromatini Swainson, 1 840 


266 


KHALDOUN Au & PlERPAOLO RAPUZZI 


Genus Aromia Audinet-Serville, 1834 
*moschata ambrosiaca (Steven, 1809) 

Tribe Callidiini Kirby, 1837 

Genus Callidium Fabricius, 1775 
Subgenus Callidium Fabricius, 1775 
*syriacum Pic, 1892 

Genus Leioderes L. Redtenbacher, 1 849 
*tuerki (Ganglbauer, 1886) 

*fasciatus Villers, 1789 

Genus Phymatodes Mulsant, 1839 
Subgenus Phymatodellus Reitter, 1913 
*rufipes syriacus Pic, 1891 

Subgenus Phymatodes Mulsant, 1839 
*testaceus (Linnaeus, 1758) 

Genus Poecilium Fairmaire, 1864 
*antonini Rapuzzi, Sama et Tichy, 2011 
*fas datum (Villers, 1789) 

* lividum (Rossi, 1794) 

*wrzecionkoi Rapuzzi et Sama, 2009 

Genus Pyrrhidium Fairmaire, 1864 
*sanguineum (Linnaeus, 1758) 

Genus Ropalopus Mulsant, 1839 
Subgenus Ropalopus Mulsant, 1839 
*eleonorae Sama et Rapuzzi, 2002 
ledereri wittmeri Demelt, 1970 

Genus Semanotus Mulsant, 1839 
* russicus russicus (Fabricius, 1777) 

Tribe Cerambycini Latreille, 1 802 

Genus Cerambyx Linnaeus, 1758 
*cerdo cerdo Linnaeus, 1758 
*dux (Faldermann, 1837) 

* nodulosus Germar, 1817 
*scopolii nitidus Pic, 1892 
*welensii Kuster, 1845 

Genus Neoplocaederus Sama, 1991 
laszlokotani Kotan et Sama, 2011 

Tribe Certallini Fairmaire, 1864 


Genus Certallum Dejean, 1821 
*ebulinum (Linnaeus, 1767) 
thoracicum Sharp, 1880 

Tribe Clytini Mulsant, 1839 

Genus Chlorophorus Chevrolat, 1863 
*dinae Rapuzzi et Sama, 1999 
*gratiosus gratiosus (Marseul, 1868) 
nivipictus (Kraatz, 1879) 

* sartor (O. F. Muller, 1766) 

*trifasciatus (Fabricius, 1781) 

*varius damascenus (Chevrolat, 1854) 

Genus Clytus Laicharting, 1784 
ciliciensis Chevrolat, 1 863 
*kabateki Sama, 1988 
*madoni Pic, 1891 
* rhamni Germar, 1817 

Genus Plagionotus Mulsant, 1 842 
*arcuatus (Linnaeus, 1758) 

*bobelayei (Brulle, 1832) 

* detritus africaeseptentrionalis Tippmann, 1952 

Genus Xylotrechus Chevrolat, 1860 
Subgenus Xylotrechus Chevrolat, 1860 
*arvicola (Olivier, 1795) 

*stebbingi Gahan, 1906 

Tribe Deilini Fairmaire, 1864 

Genus Deilus Audinet-Serville, 1834 
[fugax (Olivier, 1790)] 

* kadleci rugosicollis Rapuzzi et Sama, 2012 

Tribe Graciliini Mulsant, 1839 

Genus Axinopalpis Dejean, 1835 

* gracilis gracilis (Krynicki, 1832) 

Genus Penichroa Stephens, 1839 
* fas data (Stephens, 1831) 

Tribe Hesperophanini Mulsant, 1839 
Subtribe Hesperophanina Mulsant, 1839 

Genus Hesperophanes Dejean, 1835 
*sericeus Fabricius, 1787 


Second contribution to the knowledge of Longhorn Beetles of the Syrian Coastal Region 


267 


Genus Stromatium Audinet-Serville, 1834 

* unicolor (Olivier, 1795) 

Genus Trichoferus Wollaston, 1854 
*fasciculatus fasciculatus (Faldermann, 1837) 
*griseus (Fabricius, 1792) 

*kotschyi (Ganglbauer, 1883) 

Tribe Hylotmpini Zagajkevitch, 1991 

Genus Hylotmpes Audinet-Serville, 1834 
*bajulus (Linnaeus, 1758) 

Tribe Molorchini Gistel, 1848 

Genus Glaphyra Newman, 1840 
kiesenwetteri hircus (Abeille de Perrin, 1881) 

Genus Molorchus Fabricius, 1792 
*juglandis Sama, 1982 

Tribe Nathriini Amett, 1962 

Genus Nathrius Brethes, 1916 
*brevipennis (Mulsant, 1839) 

Tribe Phoracanthini Newman, 1840 

Genus Phoracantha Newman, 1840 
*recurva Newman, 1840 
*semipuncta ta (Fabricius, 1775) 

Tribe Purpuricenini J. Thomson, 1861 

Genus Purpuricenus Dejean, 1821 
Subgenus Purpuricenus Dejean, 1821 
* budensis (Gotz, 1783) 
dalmatinus Sturm, 1843 
* desfontainii inhumeralis Pic, 1891 
^ inter scapillatus inters capillatus Plavilstshikov, 
1937 

inters capillatus hermonensis Rapuyzzi et Sama, 
2013 

Tribe Stenhomalini Miroshnikov, 1989 

Genus Stenhomalus A. White, 1855 
Subgenus Obriopsis G. Muller, 1948 

* bicolor ( Kraatz, 1862) 


Tribe Stenopterini Gistel, 1 848 

Genus Callimus Mulsant, 1846 

* angulatus angulatus (Schrank, 1789) 

Genus Lampropterus Mulsant, 1862 
Subgenus Lampropterus Mulsant, 1862 
*femoratus (Germar, 1824) 

Genus Procallimus Pic, 1907 
*egregius (Mulsant et Rey, 1863) 

Genus Stenopterus Illiger, 1804 
*atricornis Pic, 1891 
*flavicornis Kiister, 1846 
*rufus syriacus Pic, 1892 

Subfamily LAMIINAE Latreille, 1 825 
Tribe Acanthocinini Blanchard, 1 845 

Genus Acanthocinus Dejean, 1821 
*griseus Fabricius, 1792 

Genus Leiopus Audinet-Serville, 1835 

* syriacus Ganglbauer, 1884 
*wrzecionkoi Sama et Rapuzzi, 2011 

Tribe Acanthoderini J. Thomson, 1 860 

Genus Aegomorphus Haldeman, 1 847 
*grisescens (Pic, 1898) 

Tribe Agapanthiini Mulsant, 1839 

Genus Agapanthia Audinet-Serville, 1835 
Subgenus Agapanthia Audinet-Serville, 1 835 
*frivaldszkyi Ganglbauer, 1884 
*lais Reiche et Saulcy, 1858 
* suturalis (Fabricius, 1787) 

Subgenus Epoptes Gistel, 1857 
* coeruleipennis Frivaldszky, 1878 
* kirbyi Gyllenhal, 1817 

* pustulifera Pic, 1905 

Genus Calamobius Guerin-Meneville, 1 847 
*fdum (Rossi, 1790) 

Tribe Apodasyini Lacordaire, 1872 


268 


KHALDOUN Au & PlERPAOLO RAPUZZI 


Genus Anaesthetis Dejean, 1835 Subgenus Oberea Dejean, 1835 

anatolica Holzschuh, 1969 *oculata (Linnaeus, 1758) 


Tribe Batocerini J. Thomson, 1864 

Genus Batocera Dejean, 1835 
*rufomaculata rufomaculata (De Geer, 1775) 

Tribe Dorcadionini Swainson et Shuclcard, 1 840 

Genus Dorcadion Dalman, 1817 
Subgenus Cribridorcadion Pic, 1901 
boucardi Pic, 1942 
*drusoides Breuning, 1962 
*halepenseKi-aeLtz, 1873 
impressicoUe Kraatz, 1873 
[koechlini Pic, 1898] 
libanoticum Kraatz, 1873 

* saulcyi javeti Kraatz, 1873 

* saulcyi saulcyi J. Thomson, 1865 
[syri ense Breuning, 1943] 

Tribe Monochamini Gistel, 1848 

Genus Monochamus Dejean, 1821 
Subgenus Monochamus Dejean, 1821 
* galloprovincialis Olivier, 1795 

Tribe Phytoeciini Mulsant, 1839 

Genus Coptosia Fairmaire, 1864 
Subgenus Barbarina Sama, 2010 
*nepheloides (Sama, 1997) 

Subgenus Coptosia Fairmaire, 1864 
brunnerae Sama, 2000 
* compacta sancta Reiche, 1877 
*ganglbaueri Pic, 1936 

Genus Mallosia Mulsant, 1862 
Subgenus Enmallosia Danilevsky, 1990 
imperatrix Abeille de Perrin, 1885 

Subgenus Semnosia K. Daniel, 1 904 
baiocchii Sama, 2001 

Genus Oberea Dejean, 1835 
Subgenus Amaurostoma J. Muller, 1906 
*erythrocephala erythrocephala (Schrank, 1776) 


Genus Opsilia Mulsant, 1862 
*coerulescens (Scopoli, 1763) 

Genus Oxylia Mulsant, 1862 
*argentata languida (Menetries, 1839) 

Genus Phytoecia Dejean, 1835 
Subgenus Blepisanis Pascoe, 1866 
*vittipennis leuthneri (Ganglbauer, 1886) 

Subgenus Helladia Fairmaire, 1864 
*alziari Sama, 1992 

armeniaca armeniaca Frivaldszky, 1878 
ferrugata Ganglbauer, 1884 
* humeralis (Waltl, 1838) 
insignata Chevrolat, 1854 
orbicollis adelpha Ganglbauer, 1886 
paulusi bludanica Sama, 2000 
pontica Ganglbauer, 1884 
*praetextata nigricollis Pic, 1891 
*pretiosa Faldermann, 1837 

Subgenus Musaria J. Thomson, 1 864 
* as tarte astarte Ganglbauer, 1886 
*wachanrui Mulsant, 1851 

Subgenus Neomusaria Plavilstshikov, 1928 
*inapicalis Pic, 1905 
*alepensis Pic, 1931 
*merkli Ganglbauer, 1884 
mesopotamica Breuning, 1948 
*waltli Sama, 1991 

Subgenus Phytoecia Dejean, 1835 

*asiatica asiatica Pic, 1891 

*caerulea bethseba Reiche et Saulcy, 1858 

*caerulea caerulea (Scopoli, 1772) 

kabateki Sama, 1997 

*manicata Reiche et Saulcy, 1858 

*pubescens Pic, 1895 

*rufipes latior Pic, 1895 

*virgula (Charpentier, 1825) 

Genus Pilemia Fairmaire, 1864 
* griseomaculata Pic, 1891 
*hirsutula hirsutula (Frolich, 1793) 
*vagecarinata Pic, 1952 


Second contribution to the knowledge of Longhorn Beetles of the Syrian Coastal Region 


269 



Figs. 1-3. Alcbes (now Akbez), Hatay province (SE Turkey). 


270 


KHALDOUN Au & PlERPAOLO RAPUZZI 


Genus Pygoptosia Reitter, 1 895 
*speciosa (Frivaldszky, 1884) 

Tribe Pogonocherini Mulsant, 1839 

Genus Exocentrus Dejean, 1835 
*adspersus Mulsant, 1846 
*ritae Sama, 1985 

Genus Pogonocherus Dejean, 1821 
*anatolicus K. Daniel et L. Daniel, 1898 
*barbarae Rapuzzi et Sama, 2012 

Tribe Pteropliini J. Thomson, 1 860 

Genus Niphona Mulsant, 1839 
Subgenus Niphona Mulsant, 1839 
*picticornis Mulsant, 1839 

Tribe Saperdini Mulsant, 1839 

Genus Saperda Fabricius, 1775 
*quercus ocellata Abeille de Perrin, 1895 

Tribe Tetropini Portevin, 1927 

Genus Tetrops Stephens, 1829 
*praeustus praeustus (Linnaeus, 1758) 

Notes on the checklist 

The records of Prionus coriarius (Linnaeus, 
1758) (Lobl & Smetana, 2010) need to be con- 
firmed. It is more likely that all the records of 
Deilus fugax (Oliver, 1790) must be referred to the 
recently described species D. kadleci rugosicollis 
Rapuzzi et Sama, 2012. Dorcadion boucardi and 
Do. syriense Breuning, 1943 are described from 
Amanos Mountains (Turkey) and never reported 
from Syria, so they are extraneous to the Syrian 
fauna. The real status of Do. koechlini Pic, 1898 
needs to be checked. It was described from “Syria” 
by Pic (1898) and compared with Do. triste Frivald- 
sky, 1845. Later Breuning (1962) transfered it as a 
“morpha” of Do. divisum Germar, 1839. 

Stenopterus atricornis Pic, 1891 is recorded for 
the first time from Syria on the basis of specimens 
preserved in Kadlec collection (National Museum 
Praha, Czech Republic) with the following data: 


“W Syria: 28 Km S Jisr ash Sughur, Qal at Burzay, 
4.VI.1999, Kadlec lgt”. 

Some species were erroneously recorded from 
Syria, e.g. Rosalia alpina syriaca Pic 1895, 1892; 
Stictoleptura scutellata inscutellata (Pic, 1892); 
Isotomus syriacus (Pic, 1902) and so on, because 
the type locality “Syria, Akbes”. It is due to a 
mistake in the correct identification of this locality. 
For long time it was regarded as village some- 
where in Syria but only recentely right situated in 
Turkey. 

Akbes (now Akbez) is a small village in Hatay 
province (SE Turkey) not far from the Syrian 
border and here, in the 1881, was build an abbey 
(Notre-dame-des-Neiges) by several french trap- 
pist monks. One of them was father Delagrange, 
entomologist, that for long time collected insects 
in the area around the abbey and sent them to 
European specialists (Pic and Reitter for example) 
who described many new taxa from his stuff. This 
abbey was abandoned during the First World War 
and the monks went back to France. In that time 
this territory was under the Ottoman administra- 
tion inside the Alep province. After the war the 
abbey started again its activity but, during the 
kurdish revolt in 1926, was definitively destroyed 
and closed. 

One of the authors (P. Rapuzzi) had the oppor- 
tunity to travel several times in that area and found 
the correct place of this abbey, now presidium of 
the red crescent. Of the old abbey remains only the 
stone walls and the orchards (Figs. 1-3). The place 
now is called Salman U§agi and is located close to 
the village of Akbez (Hatay province). 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

We are veiy grateful to Dr. Jiri Hajelc for the 
opportunity to study the collections preserved in 
National Museum of Praha, Czech Republic. We 
are also grateful to A. Diab for her precious support. 
We are also sincerely thankful to all fellowre- 
searchers who helped us in several kinds of ways, 
and thanks to their contributions this work was 
broght to the light! We are very grateful to sister 
Grazia and brother Xavier of “Le Piccole Sorelle di 
Gesu” and “I Piccoli Fratelli di Gesu” for the old 
pictures of the Akbez’s abbey. 


Second contribution to the knowledge of Longhorn Beetles of the Syrian Coastal Region 


271 


REFERENCES 

Ali K., Rapuzzi P. & Ihsan S., 2015. Contribution to the 
knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera 
Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region. Biod- 
iversity Journal, 6: 637-662. 

Bense U., 1995. Longhorn Beetles, Illustrated key to the 
Cerambycidae and Vesperidae of Europe. Margraf 
Verlag, Germany, 512 pp. 

Breuning S., 1962. Revision der Dorcadionini (Coleoptera, 
Cerambycidae). Entomologische Abhandlungen und 
Berichte aus dem Staatlichen Museum fur Tierkunde 
in Dresden, 27: 1-665. 

Danilevsky M.L., 2012a. Additions and corrections to the 
new Catalogue of Paleartic Cerambycidae (Cole- 
optera) edited by I. Loble and A. Smetana, 2010. Part. 
IV. Humanity Space International almanac, 1: 86- 
136. 

Danilevsky M.L., 2012b. A contribution to the revision 
of the genus Rhamnusium Latreille, 1829 (Cole- 
optera: Cerambycidae). Studies and Reports Taxo- 
nomical Series, 8: 43-65. 

Hariri G., 1971. A List of Recorded Insect Fauna of 
Syria. Allepo University Press, Allepo-Syria, 306 pp. 
Cerambycidae: 222-230. 

Hoskovec M. & Rejzek M., 2013. Longhorn Beetles 
(Cerambycidae) of the West Palaearctic Region: 
http://www.cerambyx.uochb.cz/ (Visited on 13. 10. 
2015). 

Kotan A. & Sama G., 2011. A new species of 
Neoplocvaederns Sama 1991 from Syria (Cole- 
optera, Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae). Folia Ento- 
mologica Hungarica, 72: 59-63. 

Krupp F., Al-Jumaily M., Bariche M., Khalaf M., 
Malek M. & Streit B., 2009. The Middle Eastern 
Biodiversity Network: Generating and sharing 
knowledge for ecosystem management and conser- 
vation. In: Neubert E., Amr Z., Taiti S., Giirnus B. 
(Eds.), Animal Biodiversity in the Middle East. 
Proceedings of the First Middle Eastern Biod- 
iversity Congress, Aqaba, Jordan, 20-23 October 
2008. ZooKeys 31: 3-15. doi: 10.3897/zookeys.31. 
371 

Loble I. & Smetana A., 2010. Catalogue of Paleartic 
Coleoptera. 6. Chrysomeloidea. Apollo Books, 
Stenstrup, 924 pp. 

Ozdikmen H., Cihan N. & Kaya G., 2014. An approval 
for acception as a separate species of Purpuricenus 
nudicollis Demelt, 1968 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). 
Munis Entomology & Zoology, 9: 724-726. 

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S., 2009. A synopsis of Turkish 
Vesperinae Mulsant, 1839 and Prioninae Latreille, 
1802 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Munis Entomo- 
logy & Zoology, 4: 402-423. 


Ozdikmen H., 2007. The Longicorn Beetles of Turkey 
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Part I - Black Sea 
Region. Munis Entomology & Zoology, 2: 179— 
422. 

Ozdikmen H., 2008. The Longicorn Beetles of Turkey 
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Part III - Aegean 
Region. Munis Entomology & Zoology, 3: 355— 
436. 

Ozdikmen H., 2008a. The Longicorn Beetles of Turkey 
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Part II - Marmara 
Region. Munis Entomology & Zoology, 3: 7-152. 

Ozdikmen H., 2008b. The Longicorn Beetles of Turkey 
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Part III - Aegean 
Region. Munis Entomology & Zoology, 3: 355—436. 

Ozdikmen H., 2008c. The Longicorn Beetles of Turkey 
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Part IV - Mediterranean 
Region. Munis Entomology & Zoology, 6: 6-145. 

Ozdikmen H., 2013. Review on the biology of Turkish 
Cerambycoidea (Coleoptera) Part I - Vesperidae and 
Cerambycidae (Prioninae). Munis Entomology & 
Zoology, 8: 278-284. 

Ozdikmen H., Mercan N. & Tung H., 2012. Longhomed 
beetles of Kmkkale province in Turkey (Coleoptera: 
Cerambycidae). Munis Entomology & Zoology, 7: 
568-582. 

Pic M., 1898. Supplement. Materiaux pour servir a 1' 
etude des Longicornes, 2: 51-53. 

Rapuzzi P. & Sama G., 2009. Description of new 
Cerambycidae from Greece, Turkey, Northern 
Syria and China. (Insecta, Coleoptera, Ceramby- 
cidae). Quaderno di Studi e Notizie di Storia Naturale 
della Romagna, 29: 181-188. 

Rapuzzi P. & Sama G., 2012. New taxa and new records 
of Longhorn-beetles from Eastern Mediterranean 
Region (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Munis Ento- 
mology & Zoology, 7: 663-690. 

Rapuzzi P, Sama G. & Tichy T., 2011. Description of a 
new species of Poecilium Fairmaire, 1864 from Syria 
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Munis Entomology & 
Zoology, 6: 673-675. 

Rapuzzi P. & Sama G., 2013a. Anew species of Apato- 
physis Chevrolat, 1860 from Jordan (Coleoptera: 
Cerambycidae). Munis Entomology & Zoology, 8: 
682-684. 

Rapuzzi P. & Sama G., 2013b. Revision of the Purpuri- 
cenus inters capillatus species-group and allied taxa 
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Fragmenta entomolo- 
gica, 45: 143-171. 

Sama G. & Rapuzzi P, 2011. Description of three new 
species of longhorn beetles (Coleoptera, Ceramby- 
cidae) from Turkey and Syria. Biodiversity Journal, 
2: 85-88. 

Sama G., Buse J., Orbach E., Friedman A.L.L., Rittner 
O. & Chikatunov V., 2010a. A new catalogue of the 


272 


KHALDOUN Au & PlERPAOLO RAPUZZI 


Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) of Israel with notes on 
their distribution and host plants. Munis Entomology 
& Zoology, 5: 1-55. 

Sama G., Rapuzzi R & Kairouz A., 2010b. Catalouge 
commente des Cerambycidae du Liban (An annot- 
ated catalogue of the Cerambycidae of Lebanon). 


Quaderno di Studi e Notizie di Storia Naturale della 
Romagna, 30: 131-201. 

Sama G., Katbeh-Badr A. & Mahdi D.M., 2002. A pre- 
liminary catalogue of the Cerambycidae of Jordan. 
Bulletin de la Societe entomologique de France, 107: 
471-487. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 273-286 


Seasonal biodiversity of cyanobacteria in besmirched habitats 


Vaishali Gupta*, Jaishree Dubey & Naveen K.Verma 


Department of Botany, Dr. Hari Singh Gour Central University, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh 470003, India 
^Corresponding author, e-mail: vaishaligupta28@gmail.com 


ABSTRACT Cyanobacteria inhabit a diverse range of ecosystems, a number of features often contribute to 

their success. Growth of these organisms in many ecosystems is limited by the availability of 
nutrients. High load of solids, carbon and nutrients indicate proliferation of cyanobacteria, 
while low nutrient condition diminishes cyanobacterial growth. This study examines cy- 
anobacterial diversity in domestic and hospital sewage of Sagar, Madhya Pradesh (M.P), 
India, from January 2013 to December 2013. Cyanobacterial biodiversity was higher during 
study period and dominated by Aphanocapsa, Chroococcus, Phormidium and Nostoc species. 
The present investigation exhibits a baseline of information on cyanobacterial diversity 
associated with wastewater under the influence of urbanization. Massive urbanizations in 
developing countries have polluted fresh water bodies and terrestrial areas nearby. This in- 
formation can be utilized to identify cyanobacterial species for bioremediation of sewage. 
There are a number of Cyanophyceae members which are tolerant to organic pollution and 
resist environmental stress by pollutants. These species may be further used as pollution 
indicators for such habitats. Cyanobacterial species can constrain future pollution and can play 
a key role to accomplish the dream of pollution- free environment. 

KEY WORDS Biodiversity; bioremediation; cyanobacteria; urbanization. 

Received 12.04.2016; accepted 11.06.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

Nowadays, water pollution is a serious concern; 
due to unplanned urbanization and industrialization 
most of the resources have reached to a point of 
crisis. Dumping of different waste materials in 
different drainage systems pollutes aquatic bodies 
and surrounding terrestrial environment, thus af- 
fecting the growth of vegetation and aquatic life. 

Cyanobacteria are common components of 
phytoplanktonic community in most aquatic eco- 
systems. The ecophysiology of cyanobacteria can 
provide them with a substantial advantage over 
other phytoplanktons. The recent studies on cy- 


anobacteria have emphasized their important role 
in ecosystems. The abundance and composition of 
cyanobacterial population in surface waters of 
ponds and lakes have been discussed by many 
studies. Cyanobacteria flourish well either in 
nutrients-rich warm water or, at times, in water with 
apparently low temperature and bright light condi- 
tions (Philipose, 1960; Seenayya, 1972; Fogg, 
1975). The number of water bodies suffering from 
eutrophication is increasing around the world. Such 
an eutrophication primarily comes from municipal 
wastewater, agricultural runoff, domestic sewage, 
stability of water column and increased light ex- 
posure. 


274 


Vaishali Gupta etalii 


Cyanobacteria are pioneer oxygenic, gram neg- 
ative, photosynthetic prokaryotes and are widely dis- 
tributed. The cyanobacterial diversity of sewage can 
be used as biomonitor of organic pollution load in 
other water habitats and surroundings. Cyanobac- 
terial community structure was found to be influen- 
ced by anthropogenic activities. The use of 
cyanobacteria as an indicator of water quality and 
pollution has been emphasized by Venkateswarlu 
(1981). Only a few researchers (Manoharan & 
Subramanian, 1992a, b; Boominathan, 2005; 
Vijayakumar, 2005) have investigated the effect 
of effluents on the physiology and biochemistry of 
the cyanobacterial systems. 

To develop suitable and an efficient wastewater 
treatment system, it is obligatory to understand the 
mutual influence and interactions between the 
effluents and the organisms, so that manipulations 
to improve the treatment system may become 
feasible and hence the future scenario must select 
suitable species of cyanobacteria which would be 
minimally influenced by the adverse conditions in 
the effluent, but would help removing pollutants 
maximally (Singh & Saxena, 1969; Rai & Kumar, 
1979; Sahai et al., 1985; De la Noue & 
Proulx,1988; Wilkinson et al., 1989). 

Sagar, located in Bundelkhand region of Mad- 
hya Pradesh, has exhibited urbanization rapidly in 
last few years. It has a lake, Lakha Banjara, lying 
in the middle of the city, which has become a 
besmirched aquatic habitat. During the past few dec- 
ades, partially treated and untreated wastewaters 
were discharged into the lake and surrounding crop- 
lands and used for agriculture, pisciculture and 
other domestic purposes. Keeping the above facts 
in view, the present study was aimed at the analysis 
of physico-chemical properties of wastewater in 
relation to cyanobacterial diversity. 

MATERIAL AND METHODS 
Sampling sites 

District Sagar is situated in the north central re- 
gion of Madhya Pradesh, India, and lies between 
the north latitude 23° 10’ to 24°27’ and east lon- 
gitude 78°4’ to 79°21’ at an altitude of 1758 feet 
above the sea level. A number of temporary and 
residential water bodies are present in this region. 


The city harbours a shallow rained fresh water 
lake, Lakha Banjara (23°49'N and 78°44'E) with 
small catchment. A hot summer and general 
dryness characterize the climate of the area. The 
climate of Sagar can be categorized as “monsoon 
type” and commences from mid June and con- 
tinues till September. This period is distinguished 
by heavy rains, high temperatures and relatively 
high humidity. About 90% of the annual rainfall is 
received during this period. The monsoon is fol- 
lowed by a brief post-monsoon period October to 
November, when temperature remains high and the 
humidity decreases considerably; only a nominal 
precipitation occurs and wind velocity is also 
lower. Winter starts from late November and con- 
tinues up to February. It is characterized by low 
temperature, low irradiant and moderate relative 
humidity. The average annual rainfall varies from 
565 mm to 1680 mm. The maximum temperature 
recorded was 44.8 °C in the month of May and 
the minimum temperature was 5 °C in January 
(IMD, 2013). Keeping in mind inflow sources of 
wastewater, present study was carried out at the 
besmirched sites of Lakha Banjara Lake viz. Site 
1, Site 2 and Site 3. 

Sites are subjected to human interferences and 
receive discharges from the surrounding localities 
which make the water highly polluted and pol- 
lutants like domestic sewage, straw, hospital 
discharge and industrial effluent etc. get accumu- 
lated in large quantities. 

Collection of sample 

The wastewater samples were collected in 
triplicates (2 liters each) from each of the three sites 
in sterilized colored plastic bottles (Tarsons 
Products Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India) from January 
2013 to December 2013 in every month of all 
seasons Winter (W), Summer (S) and Rainy season 
(R). Samples were taken in the mid of the each 
month in bottles thoroughly cleaned with diluted 
HC1 (AR grade, 99.9% Merck Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai, 
India) and rinsed with distilled water twice, dried 
in an oven (Yarco) and then analyzed for various 
physico-chemical parameters. 

Physico-chemical study 

Physico-chemical analysis of waste water was 


Seasonal biodiversity of cyanobacteria in besmirched habitats 


275 


Madhya Pradesh State 



/lA\ 


UTTAR PRADtSH 

Sfrahgarh' 


Blna 


Malthone* '< 


\ 

Banda 


Sagar District 

. , Ktiurai 

— / 

. r . ' v ’ . Damoh 

v,d,sh ? - Sagar 

vRahatgarti * Gartiakota 

a * 

Jaisinagar c ReNiVp 

7TK > 

Raisen ^ $ v~ 

I Kesli , Deori 

'X* ™ \ 


* - 


Narsinghpur 


study sites 



Figure 1. Map showing the locations of three different sampling sites of Sagar District, 

Madhya Pradesh State in India. 


performed as per the standard methods of Adoni 
(1985) and APHA (2005). Turbidity (Turb), Dis- 
solved Oxygen (DO), pH and temperature (Temp) 
were recorded onsite during collection of samples. 
pH, Temp and Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) were 
recorded with the help of digital meters. Turbidity 
was measured by Secchi disk method (Cialdi & 
Secchi, 1865). Water samples were taken directly 
from the sites into Biological Oxygen Demand 
(BOD) bottles for BOD and DO, and fixed instantly 
with manganese sulphate and alkaline iodide azide. 
They were analyzed immediately for DO and after 
five days for BOD as per Winkler’s Modified 
method (APHA, 2005). Chemical Oxygen Demand 
(COD) was estimated by Close reflux method. 
Alkalinity (Aik) and Hardness (HN) were determi- 
ned by Titrimetric method as per APHA (2005). 
Phosphate (Ph) and nitrate (N) were carried out by 
the Molybdophosphoric acid method and Brucine 
method respectively (APHA, 2005). 


Cyanobacterial quantification 

Samples were collected from each of three ex- 
perimental sites and fixed with 1% Lugol’s iodine 
solution (AR grade, 99.9% Merck) for cyanobac- 
terial quantification. Serial dilutions were prepared 
for enumeration of Most Probable Number (MPN) 
of cyanobacteria (Buchanan & Fulmer, 1928) and 
tabulated. 

Isolation of cyanobacteria 

One ml of sample was added to agar plates made 
with 25 ml of sterilized BG-11 media (Rippka et 
al., 1979) and Chu No.- 10 (Chu, 1942) in petri 
dishes and simultaneously one ml of sample was 
inoculated in 50 ml of sterilized BG-11 and Chu 
No.- 10 broth media in flask. After inoculation 
samples were incubated for 45 days at 2500 lux 
light intensity for 16 hours and 8 hours of dark 


276 


Vaishali Gupta etalii 


interval at temperature 25±2 °C. After 12 days of 
incubation, cyanobacterial colonies appeared on the 
agar plates and on broth media in flasks. Isolated 
species further spread on to fresh agar plates. After 
the development, colonies appearing in agar plates 
were examined microscopically and transferred to 
agar slants. This process was repeated until axenic 
cultures were obtained. 

Microscopic analysis 

Cyanobacterial species were observed under 
microscope for morphometric analyses. Camera lu- 
cida drawings were prepared and taxonomically 
important data such as trichome shape, filament 
color, akinetes and heterocyst shape, size, position 
and number were recorded. Identification of cy- 
anobacteria was done using the keys given by 
Desikachaiy (1959) and Komarek & Anagnostidis. 
(1986; 1989). 

Data analysis 

Following formulae were applied for data ana- 
lysis 

Frequency of occurrence (FO) 

_ Number of samples containing the species 
Total number of samples examined 

Relative Frequency (RF) 

Number of samples containing a species 

RF = zr-, x — Hhr- — — x 100 

lotal number of occurrence of all the species 

Relative Density (RD) 

Number of CPU of a species in all samples 

= i i x i00 

Total number of CPU all the species in all the samples 

Relative Abundance (RA) 

Number of samples containing the species 

RA = — — x 100 

Total number of occurrence of all the species 

Diversity index- Shannon-Wienncr diversity index {Shannon, 1948) 

H = -Y O’OOnl’i) 

Where, 

H - Shannon- Wienner diversity index 
S - The number of species in the sample 
Pi - The relative abundance of each group of 
organisms 

N - Total number of individuals of all kinds 
iij - Number of individuals of i th species 


Statistical analysis 

The samples were analyzed in triplicates and a 
computer statistical software was used to calculate 
minimum and maximum mean with standard error. 
To understand the influence of seasonal physico- 
chemical properties of sampling sites on cyanobac- 
terial diversity, correlation analyses and 
comparisons among them were performed using 
IBM SPSS- 16.0 with level of significance main- 
tained at 95% for each operation. 

RESULTS 

During the present investigation water samples 
were collected in three seasons i.e. Winter, Summer 
and Rainy season from three sewage sites associ- 
ated with lentic water body. Cyanobacterial species 
were observed microscopically and further illus- 
trated with the help of camera lucida. Taxonomical 
characteristics such as presence of heterocysts, 
akinetes, hormogonia and size of vegetative cells 
etc. were studied. During the study period, a total 
of 45 species from 24 different cyanobacterial 
genera were isolated (Table 1). Of these 45 species, 
9 were unicellular, 4 non-heterocytous filamentous 
and 32 heterocytous filamentous forms. 

Genera belonging to orders Cliroococcales and 
Nostocales showed the highest relative abundance 
in all three sites. Relative abundance of Hydrococ- 
cus rivularis Kiitzing, 1833 was exceptionally high 
at Site 3. Relative abundances of the two species of 
Haplosiphon were high at Site 1 and Site 2. The 
presence of Chroococcus indicus Zeller, 1873 was 
observed in all seasons at all three sites. Aphano- 
capsa spp., Gleocapsa spp. and Phormidium spp. 
were recorded at all sites in all seasons. 

The pH is one of major characteristics which de- 
termine the growth of cyanobacteria (see Verma & 
Mohanty, 1995; Prasanna & Nayalc, 2007). In all 
the study, pH of water was in the alkaline mean 
range of 7.50 to 8.50 in all seasons at all the sites 
shown in figure 1 . 

Generally speaking, water temperature plays an 
important role either in controlling the occurrence 
and abundance of phytoplankton (Nazneen, 1980) 
or in regulating the periodicity of cyanobacteria 
(Mahar et al., 2009). In this study, temperature val- 
ues were minimum in rainy season at Site 1 with an 


Seasonal biodiversity of cyanobacteria in besmirched habitats 


277 


average of 19.7°C and maximum with an average 
of 29.7°C in summer season (Fig 2). 

Maximum Turbidity of 39.8 NTU was recor- 
ded in rainy season at site 1 and minimum, 16.9 
NTU, in summer at site 2. Turbidity is also a limit- 
ing factor of productivity because it affects light 
penetration (Semila Pushpam et al., 2014). Max- 
imum TDS was recorded in pre-monsoon season 
with an average of 414 mg L' 1 at site 2 and min- 
imum of 289 mg L 1 at Site 1 (Fig 2). According 
to Goher (2002) TDS is a chemical constituent of 
water and contributes to productivity within water 
body. Due to high load of nutrients, an enhanced 
growth of cyanobacterial flora was noticed during 
pre and post-monsoon period. The high amount of 
TDS during pre-monsoon season might be due to 
the increase in the rate of evaporation. High con- 
centration of TDS is an indication of nutrients 
enrichment leading to eutrophication (Gonzalves 
et al., 1946). Besides it, high level of alkalinity 
indicates the pollution level of surrounding of 
lentic water body. Among all sites, maximum 
alkalinity (461 mg L 1 ) was recorded at Site 1 in 
winter season and minimum values (289 mg L 1 ) 
at Site 2 in rainy season (Fig. 2). According to 
Solanlci et al. (2010), decomposition of sewage 
materials coupled with mixing of garbage and 
industrial effluent increase the level of alkalinity 
in waste water bodies. 

DO was lowest (3.30 mg L 1 ) at Site 1 in winter 
season and highest (4.70 mg L 1 ) in rainy season at 
Site 3 (Fig. 3). With an increase in water tempera- 
ture, the DO was reduced in summer, whereas the 
DO was maximum during monsoon due to low tem- 
perature and increased mixing of waters. As per 
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), India 
(CPCB, 2010) threshold level of DO is 4.0 mg L 1 
for supporting aquatic lifes. Very low DO indicates 
limited growth of aquatic flora, irrespectively of 
heavy load of nutrients. 

The maximum value of BOD (22.28 mg L 1 ) 
was recorded during summer at Site 3 and the min- 
imum one (12.75 mg L 1 ) at Site 2 in rainy season 
(Fig. 3). High BOD in summer could be due to high 
evaporation and elevated temperature coupled with 
effluent of organic pollution load and reduced water 
inflow. 

Discharge of treated and untreated sewage and 
other waste into the water body led maximum COD 
value up to 49.22 mg L 1 at Site 3 in winter and min- 


imum, 28.35 mg L" 1 , at Site 2 in summer (Fig. 3). 
According to Tiwari (2001) hardness of water, 
mainly due to presence of calcium and magnesium 
content, indicates water quality. Maximum hardness 
(178.44 mg L 1 ) was recorded at Site 1 in summer 
season and minimum (64.9 mg L 1 ) at Site 2 in rainy 
season. 

According to Gupta & Dubey (2014) phosphate 
gets accumulated in sewage due to excessive use 
of detergent. Maximum of phosphate (0.40 mg L 1 ) 
was estimated at Site 1 in rainy season and min- 
imum (0.15 mg L' 1 ) at Site 3 in winter. The max- 
imum nitrate value, 20.8 mg L 1 at Site 3 in 
summer, can be attributed to effluent; whereas the 
minimum value (7.9 mg L' 1 at Site 1 in rainy sea- 
son) might be due either to mixing of waters or bio- 
logical nitrogen fixation by cyanobacteria. At site 
1 a maximum mean value of cyanobacterial count 
(6650.3) in summer, and a minimum (1826.8) at 
site 2 in rainy season, were recorded. The min- 
imum TN/TP ratio (8.1) was recorded in winter at 
site 2 and the maximum (20) at site 3 in summer. 
TN/TP ratio plays an important role in cyanobac- 
terial diversity. 

The correlation between the different physico- 
chemical parameters of Site 1, Site 2 and Site 3 is 
given in Tables 2-A. pH is positively correlated with 
TCC at all three sites. pH is statistically (p < 0.01) 
higher during summer season and no significant dif- 
ference was noted among the sites. Temperature is 
the main factor influencing the species richness and 
diversity of phytoplankton. Temperature values 
showed variation among sampling sites. Statistic- 
ally (p < 0.01), Site 1 temperature was higher than 
Site 2 and Site 3. Tables 2 to 4 show an inverse re- 
lationship between DO and temperature. Alkalinity 
showed significantly difference (p < 0.01) in pH 
within Site 1 and slighlty differences were noted 
among the sites. BOD and nitrate show significant 
differences (Annova test, p < 0.05) with respect to 
the TCC during the seasons within sites. There was 
no significant difference (p < 0.05) in hardness 
considering the seasons and sampling sites. Annova 
at p < 0.05 shows significant differences in BOD 
and COD values during the seasons within the sites. 
COD shows significantly differences in the COD 
during the seasons within the sites. TCC shows sig- 
nificant differences at p < 0.05 within the sites dur- 
ing the seasons and shows significant differences 
with DO and COD during seasons within sites. 


278 


Vaishali Gupta etalii 


Agarkar (1998) and Nair (1999) reported vari- 
ation in correlation of the physico-chemical para- 
meters and phytoplankton. In our present study 
both heterocystous and nonheterocystous forms 
are found in wastewater, while Rai & Kumar 
(1976) did not find heterocystous cyanobacteria in 
polluted water. Our observations of presence of 
nonheterocystous genera such as Oscillatoria, 
Phormidium, Gleocapsa and Chroococcus are in 
line with previous results (Palmer, 1969; Ghadai 


et al., 2010). 

Diversity indices of different genera of cy- 
anobacterial populations were calculated with the 
aid of Shannon Wienner index (see Table 4). Genus 
Chrococcus had the highest diversity index (8.30) 
at Site 3, while Aphanothece and Anabaenopsis had 
the same lowest diversity index (0.03) at Site 3. 
Aphanocapsa, Anabaena, Anabaenopsis , Aulosira, 
Haplosiphon and Phormidium showed diversity 
indices between 2 to 3. 


10 . 00 - 


8 . 00 - 


c 

CO 

1) 


6 . 00 - 


4.00- 


2 . 00 - 


0 . 00 - 


50.00- 


40.00- 


£ 

-a 

B 30.00- 
ZJ 

i- 
c 

CO 

v 20 . 00 - 


10 . 00 - 


0 . 00 - 


Wi niter 


Winter 






Summer 

Season 



% 


Summer 

Season 


riri 


Mn 


i 


Rainy season 


i 


600.00- 


500.00- 


& 400. 00H 
c 

TO 

js: 


c 

(13 


300.00- 


200 . 00 - 


100 . 00 - 


0 . 00 - 


Rainy season 

□ Srtel 0Site2 QSile3 


P 

I 

i 



Writer Summer Rainy season 

Season 


i 


Summer 

Season 


Rainy season 


Figure 2. Seasonal variation of mean pH, Temperature, Turbidity and Alkalinity of three waste watersites. 




Seasonal biodiversity of cyanobacteria in besmirched habitats 


279 


O 

o 

£Z 

ro 



Winter 


Summer Rainy season 

Season 


o 

o 

o 


to 

OJ> 


Winter Summer Rainy season 

Season 


60 . 00 - 


50 . 00 - 


40 . 00 - 


03 

o 


<2 30 . 00 - 


20 . 00 - 


10 . 00 - 


0 . 00 - 


th 




i 


* 



Winter 


Summer 

Season 




Rainy season 

I I Srtel 


30 . 00 - 


Q 

O 

CD 

tz 

03 


20 . 00 - 


10 . 00 - 


0 . 00 - 



50 . 00 - 


40 . 00 - 




ro 

OJ 


30 . 00 - 


20 . 00 - 


10 . 00 - 


0 . 00 - 


T . 




T 



Winter 


Summer 

Season 




Rainy season 



* 



0 




Winter 


i 




k 



Slte2 CJSrteS 


Summer 

Season 




in 


Rainy season 


Figure 3. Seasonal variation of mean DO, BOD, COD, Total Hardness with Ca 

and Mg of three wastewater sites. 









280 


Vaishali Gupta etalii 


500 . 00 - 


400.00- 


<r> 

Q 300.00-1 


co 

<1> 


200 . 00 - 


100 . 00 - 


0. Do- 


'Ll 


co 

D 


30.00- 


q_ 20.00- 


ro 

■u 


10 . 00 - 


0 . 00 - 


Wlnter 


[ 


: ■ : 


Winter 



250.00- 


200 . 00 - 

Oi 
70 

o 150.00- 

6 

tz 
ro 

^ 100 . 00 - 


50.00- 


0 . 00 - 


f: I 


i 

I 


: * : • 


: : : 


jin 


.1J1 


gi 




Winter Summer Rainy season 

Season 


Winter Summer Rainy season 

Season 



Summer 

Season 


Rainy Season 


Winter 


Summer 

Season 


Rainy Season 


F 



r 


£ 

: : : 


: • : 


: ; : 
! : : 


i 


ii 


i 


Summer 

Season 



6 , 000 . 00 - 


o 

o 


CO 

a> 


4,000.00- 


2 , 000 . 00 - 


0.00- 


Rainy Season 

□ Sitel 


Winter 


% 


Site2 C]Site3 


Summer 

Season 



*7 


Rainy Season 


Figure 4. Seasonal variation of mean TDS, Chloride, Phosphate, Nitrate, TN/TP and 
Total cyanobacterial count (TCC) of three wastewater sites. 











Seasonal biodiversity of cyanobacteria in besmirched habitats 


281 


SITE 1 SITE 2 SITE 3 SITE 1 SITE 2 SITE 3 



Species 

W 

s 

R 

W 

s 

R 

W 

s 

R 

F 

RF 

RD 

RA 

F 

RF 

RD 

RA 

F 

RF 

RD 

RA 

1 

Anabaena 

azollae 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

96.30 

3.99 

1.74 

1.05 

55.56 

1.20 

0.31 

0.54 

0 

0.00 

0.00 

0.00 

2 

Anabaenopsis 

arnoldii 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

88.89 

3.69 

2.45 

1.61 

51.85 

1.45 

0.39 

0.55 

7 

0.56 

1.02 

3.09 

3 

Aphanocapsa 
b if or mis 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

92.59 

3.84 

0.63 

0.40 

85.19 

6.02 

1.16 

0.43 

81 

6.16 

1.06 

0.29 

4 

Aphanocapsa 

koordersi 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

25.93 

1.08 

0.32 

0.72 

18.52 

1.69 

0.85 

1.04 

30 

2.24 

0.42 

0.32 

5 

Aphanocapsa 

littoralis 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

18.52 

0.77 

0.43 

1.34 

22.22 

3.61 

1.37 

0.78 

33 

2.52 

2.04 

1.37 

6 

Aphanothece 

microscopic 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

29.63 

1.23 

0.47 

0.93 

25.93 

3.37 

2.59 

1.59 

26 

1.96 

3.69 

3.18 

7 

Aulosira 

fertilissima 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

62.96 

2.61 

0.39 

0.36 

29.63 

1.93 

1.24 

1.33 

7 

0.56 

0.10 

0.31 

8 

Calothrix 

castellii 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

66.67 

2.76 

0.80 

0.70 

7.41 

0.48 

0.38 

1.64 

4 

0.28 

0.48 

2.88 

9 

Calothrix 
march ica 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

55.56 

2.30 

1.33 

1.39 

0.00 

0.00 

0.00 

0.00 

11 

0.84 

0.16 

0.32 

10 

Calothrix 

parietina 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

62.96 

2.61 

0.41 

0.38 

3.70 

0.24 

0.35 

3.03 

11 

0.84 

0.44 

0.88 

11 

Chloroglea 

fritschii 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

22.22 

0.92 

0.44 

1.15 

3.70 

0.24 

0.26 

2.20 

4 

0.28 

0.06 

0.37 

12 

Chroococcus 

disperses 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

51.85 

2.15 

0.35 

0.39 

55.56 

6.27 

5.45 

1.80 

89 

6.72 

4.40 

1.11 

13 

Chroococcus 

indicus 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

77.78 

3.23 

6.27 

4.68 

96.30 

5.30 

6.99 

2.72 

30 

2.24 

4.17 

3.15 

14 

Chroococcus 

micrococcus 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

70.37 

2.92 

4.70 

3.89 

51.85 

4.82 

5.85 

2.51 

33 

2.52 

4.71 

3.16 

15 

Chroococcus 

minor 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

70.37 

2.92 

5.50 

4.54 

59.26 

3.37 

5.81 

3.56 

26 

1.96 

5.96 

5.15 

16 

Chroococcus 

tenax 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

96.30 

3.99 

5.14 

3.10 

59.26 

3.86 

2.48 

1.33 

30 

2.24 

6.97 

5.26 

17 

Chroococcus 

turgidus 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

88.89 

3.69 

4.70 

3.36 

81.48 

3.86 

3.95 

2.11 

22 

1.68 

3.14 

3.16 

18 

Chroococcus 

varius 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

92.59 

3.84 

12.53 

7.87 

74.07 

2.89 

7.44 

5.32 

63 

4.76 

1.88 

0.67 

19 

Gleocapsa 

atrata 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

77.78 

3.23 

5.00 

3.74 

44.44 

3.61 

4.25 

2.43 

11 

0.84 

0.44 

0.89 

20 

Gleocapsa 

calcarea 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

55.56 

2.30 

4.67 

4.88 

3.70 

0.24 

0.29 

2.48 

15 

1.12 

5.92 

8.94 

21 

Haplosiphon 

flagelliformis 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

66.67 

2.76 

2.82 

2.46 

44.44 

2.89 

4.66 

3.33 

30 

2.24 

3.57 

2.70 

22 

Haplosiphon 

luteolus 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

48.15 

2.00 

4.86 

5.86 

25.93 

1.69 

3.83 

4.69 

33 

2.52 

6.16 

4.13 

23 

Homoeothrix 

Juliana 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

59.26 

2.46 

2.51 

2.46 

33.33 

0.24 

0.39 

3.31 

15 

1.12 

2.38 

3.60 


Table 1. Diversity of cyanobacteria in three different wastewater sites. 
For the explanation of the abbreviations see in the text. 


282 


Vaishali Gupta etalii 


SITE 1 SITE 2 SITE 3 SITE 1 SITE 2 SITE 3 



Species 

W 

s 

R 

W 

s 

R 

W 

s 

R 

F 

RF 

RD 

RA 

F 

RF 

RD 

RA 

F 

RF 

RD 

RA 

24 

Hydrococcus 

rivularis 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

44.44 

1.84 

1.88 

2.46 

3.70 

2.17 

4.09 

3.90 

4 

0.28 

3.18 

19.20 

25 

Johannesbaptisia 

pellucida 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

25.93 

1.54 

1.10 

2.46 

3.70 

0.24 

0.15 

1.27 

7 

0.56 

1.39 

4.20 

26 

Lyngbya 

aerugineo-coerulea 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

33.33 

1.38 

1.41 

2.46 

66.67 

4.34 

0.72 

0.34 

33 

2.52 

1.79 

1.20 

27 

Lyngbya 

palmarum 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

7.41 

0.31 

0.17 

1.35 

3.70 

4.34 

1.63 

0.78 

26 

1.96 

0.41 

0.35 

28 

Mastigocladus 

laminosus 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

7.41 

0.31 

0.19 

1.48 

22.22 

0.24 

0.18 

1.55 

15 

1.12 

0.22 

0.33 

29 

Merismopedia 

glauca 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

18.52 

0.77 

0.32 

1.01 

66.67 

1.20 

0.53 

0.90 

7 

0.56 

0.21 

0.64 

30 

Microcoleus 

chthonoplastes 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

11.11 

0.46 

0.17 

0.87 

18.52 

0.96 

0.90 

1.92 

7 

0.56 

0.26 

0.78 

31 

Microspora 

tumidula 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

7.41 

0.31 

0.20 

1.59 

14.81 

1.45 

0.30 

0.43 

7 

0.56 

0.24 

0.72 

32 

Myxosarcina 

burmensis 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

3.70 

0.15 

0.15 

2.35 

3.70 

0.24 

0.37 

3.15 

0 

0.00 

0.00 

0.00 

33 

Nodularia 

spumigena 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

+ 

40.74 

1.69 

1.57 

2.24 

14.81 

0.96 

0.78 

1.67 

30 

2.24 

1.99 

1.50 

34 

Nostoc 

calcicola 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

+ 

+ 

62.96 

2.61 

2.66 

2.46 

25.93 

1.69 

2.84 

3.47 

63 

4.76 

3.37 

1.20 

35 

Nostoc 

carneum 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

59.26 

2.46 

2.51 

2.46 

48.15 

3.13 

4.29 

2.83 

67 

5.04 

3.18 

1.07 

36 

Nostoc 

linckia 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

51.85 

2.15 

2.19 

2.46 

55.56 

3.61 

4.54 

2.60 

52 

3.92 

2.78 

1.20 

37 

Nostoc 

paludosum 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

40.74 

1.69 

1.72 

2.46 

44.44 

2.89 

1.03 

0.74 

33 

2.52 

2.18 

1.47 

38 

Nostoc 

spongiaeformae 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

66.67 

2.76 

3.29 

2.87 

18.52 

1.20 

0.81 

1.39 

59 

4.48 

4.17 

1.57 

39 

Oscillatoria 

angusta 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

62.96 

2.61 

2.04 

0.19 

3.70 

0.24 

0.18 

1.52 

30 

2.24 

2.58 

1.95 

40 

Oscillatoria 

tenuis 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

48.15 

2.00 

1.88 

2.27 

11.11 

1.45 

2.62 

3.75 

30 

2.24 

1.59 

1.20 

41 

Oscillatoria 

willei 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

55.56 

2.30 

1.25 

1.31 

22.22 

0.72 

1.69 

4.84 

26 

1.96 

2.38 

2.06 

42 

Phormidium 

dimorphum 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

- 

66.67 

2.76 

1.74 

1.52 

40.74 

2.65 

2.69 

2.10 

33 

2.52 

2.20 

1.48 

43 

Phormidium 

jenkelianum 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

96.30 

3.99 

2.33 

1.41 

33.33 

2.17 

1.44 

1.38 

96 

7.28 

2.96 

0.69 

44 

Phormidium 

molle 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

66.67 

2.76 

2.02 

1.76 

40.74 

0.72 

1.82 

5.19 

56 

4.20 

0.79 

0.32 

45 

Phormidium 

purpurascens 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

40.74 

1.69 

0.63 

0.89 

11.11 

2.65 

4.86 

3.79 

30 

2.24 

2.56 

1.93 


Table 1. Diversity of cyanobacteria in three different waste watersites. 
For the explanation of the abbreviations see in the text. 


Seasonal biodiversity of cyanobacteria in besmirched habitats 


283 



pH 

Temp 

Turb 

Aik 

TDS 

DO 

BOD 

COD 

HN 

Ca 

Mg 

N 

Chi 

Ph 

TCC 

TVIP 

pH 

l 
















Temp 

0.783** 

l 















Turb 

-0.129 

-0.279 

l 














Aik 

0.749** 

0.453 

-0.369 

l 













TDS 

-0.226 

-0.413 

0.070 

-0.034 

1 












DO 

-0.346 

-0.416 

0.155 

-0.115 

0.333 

l 











BOD 

0.250 

0.669* 

-0.550 

0.165 

-0.306 

-0.429 

1 










COD 

-0.236 

-0.358 

-0.139 

-0.069 

0.238 

0.073 

-0.519** 

l 









HN 

0.192 

0.077 

0.146 

-0.193 

0.194 

-0.285 

0.169 

-0.399** 

l 








Ca 

-0.293 

-0.188 

-0.173 

-0.099 

0.503 

0.331 

-0.207 

0.564 

-0.494 

l 







Mg 

0.171 

0.259 

-0.111 

0.206 

-0.238 

-0.171 

0.314 

-0.111 

-0.395 

0.306 

1 






N 

0.533 

0.724** 

-0.710** 

0.450 

-0.215 

-0.492 

0.791** 

-0.176 

0.076 

0.083 

0.480 

l 





Chi 

-0.134 

0.081 

0.181 

-0.431 

0.185 

0.257 

0.230 

-0.444 

0.341 

-0.159 

-0.094 

-0.108 

l 




Ph 

-0.580* 

-0.574 

0.217 

-0.502 

0.194 

0.193 

-0.426 

0.442 

-0.057 

0.074 

-0.443 

-0.508 

0.177 

l 



TCC 

0.296 

0.644* 

-0.839** 

0.231 

-0.242 

-0.233 

0.749** 

-0.130 

-0.018 

0.121 

0.134 

0.826** 

0.038 

-0.365 

l 


TV I P 

-0.018 

-0.476 

0.260 

0.284 

0.380 

0.253 

-0.582* 

0.494 

-0.110 

0.071 

-0.069 

-0.391 

-0.300 

0.333 

-0.647* 

l 


Table 2. Correlation between the physico-chemical parameters of Site 1. For abbreviations see in the text. 



pH 

Temp 

Turb 

Aik 

TDS 

DO 

BOD 

COD 

HN 

Ca 

Mg 

N 

Chi 

Ph 

TCC 

TVIP 

pH 

l 
















Temp 

0.434 

l 















Turb 

-0.428 

0.125 

l 














Aik 

0.696* 

0.262 

-0.399 

l 













TDS 

0.129 

-0.394 

0.047 

-0.047 

1 












DO 

0.099 

0.206 

-0.465 

0.457 

-0.258 

l 











BOD 

0.657* 

0.551 

-0.437 

0.489 

-0.239 

0.037 

l 










COD 

-0.177 

-0.785** 

-0.356 

-0.194 

0.160 

-0.138 

-0.342 

l 









HN 

0.156 

0.189 

-0.294 

0.341 

-0.158 

-0.030 

0.434 

-0.051 

l 








Ca 

0.381 

-0.058 

-0.592* 

0.386 

0.021 

0.171 

0.500 

0.167 

0.069 

l 







Mg 

-0.358 

-0.251 

0.110 

0.079 

-0.464 

-0.180 

0.009 

0.226 

0.180 

0.046 

1 






N 

0.773** 

0.453 

0.535 

0.267 

0.002 

0.009 

0.779** 

-0.128 

0.204 

0.409 

-0.483 

l 





Chi 

0.644* 

0.088 

0.458 

0.394 

0.024 

-0.015 

0.337 

0.247 

0.145 

0.397 

-0.207 

0.635* 

l 




Ph 

-0.194 

-0.159 

0.578* 

-0.223 

0.408 

-0.633* 

-0.393 

-0.132 

0.062 

-0.313 

0.091 

-0.458 

-0.331 

l 



TCC 

0.326 

0.526 

-0.412 

0.241 

-0.426 

0.138 

0.801** 

-0.391 

0.409 

0.547 

-0.032 

0.650* 

0.359 

-0.455 

l 


IN/IP 

-0.033 

-0.344 

0.122 

0.270 

-0.152 

0.105 

-0.322 

0.276 

-0.368 

-0.276 

0.474 

-0.402 

0.070 

-0.083 

-0.499 

l 


Table 2. Correlation between the physico-chemical parameters of Site 2. For abbreviations see in the text. 


284 


Vaishali Gupta etalii 



pH 

Temp 

Turb 

Aik 

TDS 

DO 

BOD 

COD 

HN 

Ca 

Mg 

N 

Chi 

Ph 

TCC 

TVIP 

pH 

l 
















Temp 

0.503 

l 















Turb 

-0.339 

-0.145 

l 














Aik 

0.556 

-0.110 

-0.292 

l 













TDS 

0.077 

-0.027 

0.161 

-0.213 

l 












DO 

-0.376 

-0.429 

0.459 

-0.377 

0.026 

l 











BOD 

0.489 

0.572 

-0.567 

0.090 

0.032 

-0.294 

1 










COD 

-0.089 

-0.652* 

-0.090 

0.322 

-0.403 

0.076 

-0.578* 

l 









HN 

0.109 

0.737** 

-0.080 

-0.251 

-0.087 

-0.377 

0.256 

-0.581* 

l 








Ca 

0.635* 

0.684* 

-0.258 

0.316 

0.077 

-0.790** 

0.321 

-0.283 

0.625* 

l 







Mg 

-0.432 

-0.468 

-0.048 

0.065 

-0.618* 

0.420 

-0.294 

0.546 

-0.331 

-0.643* 

1 






N 

0.675* 

0.499 

-0.691* 

0.314 

-0.148 

-0.534 

0.838** 

-0.172 

0.177 

0.453 

-0.235 

l 





Chi 

0.698* 

0.258 

-0.590* 

0.503 

0.110 

-0.609* 

0.648* 

-0.046 

-0.070 

0.462 

-0.424 

0.879** 

l 




Ph 

0.332 

0.576* 

0.252 

0.082 

0.344 

-0.182 

0.176 

-0.553 

0.464 

0.592* 

-0.502 

-0.077 

-0.075 

l 



TCC 

0.405 

0533 

-0.710** 

0.015 

-0.309 

-0.401 

0.814** 

-0.280 

0.298 

- 0.111 

0.884** 

0.624 

-0.235 

-0.132* 

l 


TV I P 

0.085 

-0.309 

0.144 

0.057 

0.486 

0.194 

0.019 

-0.199 

-0.201 

-0.113 

-0.276 

-0.164 

-0.007 

-0.180 

0.402 

l 


Table 2. Correlation between the physico-chemical parameters of Site 2. For abbreviations see in the text. 


DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS 

Sagar lake had become hypertrophic due to un- 
balanced physical and chemical factors (Vaishya & 
Adoni, 1993) which raised the trophic level of water 
body. Cyanobacteria are important primary produ- 
cers in food web in many aquatic environments. 
The present study reveals that the physico-chemical 
characteristics of wastewater determine the growth 
and diversity of cyanobacteria. Species belonging 
to the genera Chroococcus, Gleocapsa, Haplosi- 
phon and Phormidium were dominant at all sites. 
These taxa are adapted to flourish under stress 
environment and are able to utilize high load of 
nutrients and immobilize pollutants. Our observa- 
tion on presence of Anbaena spp., Oscillatoria spp. 
and Nostoc spp. in wastewater is in line with the 
findings of Deep et al. (2013). Aphanocapsa and 
Anabaena were found to be very frequent, which 
suggests their potential to exploit sewage waste. 
Availability of nitrate and phosphorus nutrients at 
Site 3 can justify the highest diversity of species. 
Increased nutrients such as nitrate, phosphate, chlor- 
ide and temperature accelerated the growth of cy- 


anobacteria. In fact, different physico-chemical prop- 
erties effect relative frequency, relative density, re- 
lative abundance and occurrence of cyanobacteria. 
Species can tolerate fluctuation of available re- 
sources, predation and high load of chemical con- 
taminants. Cyanobacterial flora of wastewaters 
should be defined genotypically and metabolically 
in their natural microbial community and anthropo- 
genic stressed environment. High pH values ac- 
celerate the pollution rate in lake. pH 6-8.5 is ideal 
for planktonic growth (Veerendra et al., 2008). In 
present study pH 7-8 increased the growth of cy- 
anobacteria in all 3 sites. Trophic level of water 
rises due to high alkalinity (Kumar & Sharma, 
1991) and it favours abundance of cyanobacteria 
(Nandan et al., 2002). Alkalinity was high in sum- 
mer at site 3 which induced the growth of cy- 
anobacteria (Tiwari & Shukla, 2007); but other 
nutrients limited the growth as compared to the 
other two sites. High turbidity influences primary 
productivity because it affects the penetration of 
light in water body, moreover, causing particles to 
absorb phosphate, nitrogen and potassium in ionic 
form, turbidity limit the growth of phytoplankton 


Seasonal biodiversity of cyanobacteria in besmirched habitats 


285 


(Pandey et al., 1999). Phosphorus and nitrogen are 
limiting factors for the growth of cyanobacteria 
(Lapointe, 1989; Larned, 1998; Russ & McCook, 
1999). Increasing nutrients availability at Site 1 in 
summer season resulted in a better growth of cy- 
anobacteria (Miller et al., 1999). Agricultural runoff 
and domestic sewage from catchment area increase 
the phosphate level in Site 1 , 2 and 3 during sum- 
mer. These results imply that biodiversity of cy- 
anobacteria was driven by local environmental 
factors such as temperature, pH, DO, nitrate and 
phosphorus contents. 

Physico-chemical parameters and biological 
monitoring together provided evidence of evolution 
of microbes of polluted habitats. These species are 
stress tolerant, so they easily grow on these envir- 
onments and can be further deployed for biore- 
mediation and carbon sequestration purposes. 
Bloom forming species were also encountered near 
cultivated land and freshwater lake, thereby it is to 
be considered a threat for aquatic flora and fauna. 
The discharge of untreated wastewater nearby the 
lake area and agricultural land should be immedi- 
ately stopped. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

The authors express gratitude to Head, depart- 
ment of Botany of Dr. Hari Singh Gour University, 
Sagar (M.P.) for providing laboratory facilities. Fin- 
ancial assistance to carry out the study through Uni- 
versity Grant Commission (UGC) New Delhi to 
VG is also highly acknowledged. 

REFERENCES 

Adoni A.D., 1985. Work book on Limnology: Indian 
MAB committee, Department of environment, Gov- 
ernment of India. 

Agarkar S., 1998. Assessment of Water Quality of 
"Sakegaon Reservoir" Maharashtra. Asian Journal 
of Chemistry, 10: 997. 

APHA, 2005. Standard Methods for the Examination of 
Water and Wastewater. American Public Health 
Association, 541 pp. 

Boominathan M., 2005. Bioremediation studies on dairy 
effluent using cyanobacteria. Bharathidasan Univer- 
sity, Tiruchirappalli, Tamil Nadu, India. 

Buchanan R.E. & Fulmer E.I., 1928. Physiology And 


Biochemistry Of Bacteria (Vol. 1). Baltimore, 516 pp. 

Chu S.P., 1942. The influence of mineral composition of 
the media on the growth of planktonic algae, I. Me- 
thod and culture media. The Journal of Ecology, 31: 
284-325. 

Cialdi M. & Secchi P.A., 1865. Sur la transparence de la 
mer. Computes Rendu 1. Acadamie des Sciences, 61. 

CPCB, 2010. Water Quality Criteria. 

De la Noue J. & Proulx D., 1988. Biological tertiary 
treatment of urban wastewaters with chitosan-im- 
mobilized Phormidium. Applied microbiology and 
biotechnology, 29: 292-297. 

Deep P.R., Bhattacharyya S. & Nayak B., 2013. Cy- 
anobacteria in wetlands of the industrialized Sam- 
balpur district of India. Aquatic Biosystems, 9: 14. 

Desikachary T.V., 1959. Cyanophyta. Indian Council of 
Agricultural Research, New Delhi, pp 187-198, 686 

pp. 

Fogg G.E., 1975. Algal cultures and Phytoplankton Eco- 
logy. The University of Wisconsin press, xv+175 pp. 

Ghadai A.K., Sahoo S. & Raut S., 2010. Occurrence of 
nitrogen-fixing cyanobacteria in local rice fields of 
Orissa, India. Ecoprint, 9: 77-85. 

Goher M.E.M., 2002. Chemical studies on the precipita- 
tion and dissolution of some chemical elements in 
Lake Qarun. (Ph.D. Thesis fac of Sci), Al -Azhar Uni- 
versity. 

Gonzalves E.A., Joshi D.B. & Bomb J., 1946. Freshwater 
algae near Bombay, the seasonal succession of algae 
in a tank of Bandra. Bombay National History 
Society, 46: 154-176. 

Gupta V. & Dubey J., 2014. Assessment and Correlation 
of Physico-Chemical Parameters of Waste Water. 
International Journal of ChemTech Research, 7: 
2097-2197. 

IMD, 2013. District Rainfall (mm) for Last Five Years. 
New Delhi, India. 

Komarek J. & Anagnostidis K., 1986. Modem approach 
to the classification system of Cyanophytes 2- 
Chroococcales. Algological Studies/Archiv fur Hy- 
drobiologie, 73: 157-226. 

Komarek J. & Anagnostidis K., 1989. Modem approach 
to the classification system of Cyanophytes 4- 
Nostocales. Algological Studies/Archiv fur Hydro- 
biologie, Supplement Volumes: 247-345. 

Kumar S., & Sharma L., 1991. Comparative physico- 
chemical limnology of lakes of Pichhola and 
Fatehsagar, Udaipur, Rajasthan. Pollution Research, 
10: 173-178. 

Lapointe B.E., 1989. Macroalgal production and nutrient 
relations in oligotrophic areas of Florida Bay. Bul- 
letin of Marine Science, 44: 312-323. 

Larned S., 1998. Nitrogen- versus phosphoms-limited 
growth and sources of nutrients for coral reef macro- 
algae. Marine Biology, 132: 409-421. 


286 


Vaishali Gupta etalii 


Mahar M.A., Jafri S.I.H., Leghari S.M. & Khuhawar 
M.Y., 2009. Seasonal periodicity of phytoplankton 
and chlorophyll content in Lake Manchar. Pakistan 
Journal of Botany, 41: 871-884. 

Manoharan C. & Subramanian G., 1992a. Interaction 
between paper mill effluent and the Cyanobacterium 
Oscillatoria pseudogeminata var. unigranulata. 
Pollution Research, 11: 73-84. 

Manoharan C. & Subramanian G., 1992b. Sewage- 
cyanobacterial interaction-A case study. International 
Journal of Environment and Pollution, 12: 254-258. 

Miller M., Hay M., Miller S., Malone D., Sotka E. & 
Szmant A., 1999. Effects of nutrients versus herbi- 
vores on reef algae: a new method for manipulating 
nutrients on coral reefs. Limnology and Oceano- 
graphy, 44, 1847-1861. 

Nair M., 1999. Seasonal variations of phytoplankton in 
relation to physico- chemical factors in a village pond 
at Imalia(Vidisha), India. Journal of Ecotoxicology 
& Environmental Monitoring, 9: 177-182. 

Nandan S., Mahajan S., Kumavat M. & Jain D., 2002. 
Limnological study of Hartala lake of Jalgaon 
(Maharashtra). Ecology and conservation of lakes, 
Reservoirs and Rivers, 556-561. 

Nazneen S., 1980. Influence of hydrological factors on 
the seasonal abundance of phytoplankton in Kinjhar 
Lake, Pakistan. Internationale Revue der gesamten 
Hydrobiologie, 65: 269-282. 

Palmer C.M., 1969. A composite rating of algae toler- 
ating organic pollutionl, 2. Journal of Phycology, 5: 
78-82. 

Pandey B., Das P, Dubey S.V. & Hussain S., 1999. Bio- 
monitoring of water quality of river Ramjan (at 
Kishanganj) in relation to its impact on biological 
components. Freshwater Ecosystem of India, 17: 
310-336. 

Philipose M.T., 1960. Freshwater phytoplankton of 
inland fisheries. Proceeding of the Symposium on 
Algology, 279: 291. 

Prasanna R. & Nayak S., 2007. Influence of diverse rice 
soil ecologies on cyanobacterial diversity and abund- 
ance. Wetlands Ecology and Management, 15: 127— 
134. 

Rai L.C. & Kumar H.D., 1979. Studies on some algae of 
polluted habitats. Recent researches in plant, Ed. 
SBir, Kalyani. Publishers, New Delhi, 

Rai L.C. & Kumar H.D., 1976. Systematic and ecological 
studies on algae of some habitats polluted with fer- 
tilizer factory effluent. Nova Hedwigia, 27: 805-8 1 1 . 

Rippka R., Derulles J., Waterbury J.B., Herdman M. & 
Stainer R.Y., 1979. Generic assignment, strain histor- 
ies and properties of pure cultures of cyanobacteria. 
Journal of General microbiology, 111: 1-6 1 . 

Russ G.R. & McCook L.J., 1999. Potential effects of a 
cyclone on benthic algal production and yield to 


grazers on coral reefs across the central Great Barrier 
Reef. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and 
Ecology, 235: 237-254. 

Sahai R., Saxena P.K. & Jabeen S., 1985. Ecological 
survey of the algal flora of polluted habitats of 
Gorakhpur. Phykos, 24: 4-11. 

Seenayya G., 1972. Ecological studies in the plankton of 
certain freshwater ponds of Hyderabad-India II. 
Phytoplankton-2. Hydrobiologia, 39: 247-271. 

Semila Pushpam T.N., Paul Raj K. & Ebanasar J., 2014. 
Seasonal variation and interdependence of ph and tur- 
bidity of thamiraparani (west) river. International 
Journal of Current Research, 5: 10831-10835. 

Shannon C.E., 1948. A mathematical theory of commu- 
nication. The Bell System Technical Journal, 27: 379- 
423: 623-656. 

Singh V.P. & Saxena P.N., 1969. Preliminary studies on 
algal successions in Raw and Stabilized sewage. 
Hydrobiologia, 34: 503-512. 

Solanki V.R., Hussain M.M. & Raja S.S., 2010. Water 
Quality Assessment of Lake Pandu Bodhan, Andhra 
Pradesh State, India. Environmental Monitoring As- 
sessment, 163: 411-419. 

Tiwari, D., & Shukla, M. (2007). Algal biodiversity and 
trophic status of some temporary water bodies of 
Kanpur. Nature, Environment and Pollution Techno- 
logy, 6: 85-90. 

Tiwari D.R., 2001. Hydro-Geochemistry of underground 
water in and around Chhatarpur City, Dist. Chattarpur 
(MP). Indian Journal of Environmental Health, 43: 
176-176. 

VaishyaA. & Adoni A., 1993. Phytoplankton Seasonality 
and their Relationship with Physico-Chemical 
Properties in a Hypereutrophic Central Indian Lake. 
Proceedings Indian National Science Academy part 
B, 59: 153-153. 

Veerendra D,, Manjappa S. & Puttaiah E., 2008. Di- 
versity of Phytoplankton in Mani Reservoir, Hosan- 
agar, Karnataka. Environmental Issues And Solu- 
tions, 62. 

Venkateswarlu V., 1981. Algae as indicators of river 
water quality and pollution. Paper presented at the 
WHO workshop biological indicators and indices of 
environmental pollution, CPCB, New Delhi. 

Verma J. & Mohanty R.C., 1995. Phytoplankton and its 
correlation with certain physiochemical parameters of 
Danmukundpur pond. Pollution Research, 14: 233-242. 

Vijayakumar S., 2005. Studies on cyanobacteria in indus- 
trial effluents - And Environmental and Molecular 
Approach. Bharathidasan University, Tiruchirappalli, 
Tamil Nadu, India. 

Wilkinson S.C., Goulding K.H. & Robinson P.K., 1989. 
Mercury accumulation and volatilization in immob- 
ilized algal cell systems. Biotechnology Letter, 1 1 : 
861-864. 


Biodiversity Journal, 2016, 7 (2): 287-293 


A new alien limpet for the Mediterranean: Lottia sp. (Patello- 
gastropoda Lottiidae) 


Danilo Scuderi'& Douglas J. Eernisse 2 * 


'Via Mauro de Mauro 15b, Piano Tavola, 95032 Belpasso, Catania, Italy 

Department of Biological Science, California State University, 800 N. State College Blvd., Fullerton, CA 92831, USA 
"■Corresponding auhor, e-mail: deernisse@fullerton.edu 


ABSTRACT Some living specimens of a new limpet were found between January and August 2015 in 

the intertidal of the eastern coast of Sicily (Jonian Sea, Mediterranean). The study of the shell 
morphology and anatomical soft parts of these specimens has revealed fundamental differences 
compared with the native, mostly Patellidae, species. Further observations of the morphology 
of the radula led to the provisional identification of the newly introduced limpet as a Lottiidae, 
tentatively a Lottia sp. A more precise species identification was not achieved, and will need 
to await ongoing DNA sequencing and further comparative studies. The new record of an 
introduced species for the Mediterranean is the first limpet so recognized, and the species 
appears to be represented by a range of sizes, implying that is well established along the inter- 
tidal Sicilian rocky-shores and is successfully recruiting in this region. 

KEY WORDS Species introduction; new record; invasive species; biogeography; Gastropoda; Mollusca. 

Received 05.04.2016; accepted 21.05.2016; printed 30.06.2016 


INTRODUCTION 

The discovery from Italian shores of a limpet 
whose shell features clearly differed from the about 
10 known Mediterranean limpet species, all of 
which belong to Patellidae Rafmesque, 1815 and 
one to Lottiidae Gray, 1 840 (CLEMAM, 20 1 6), led 
us to conclude that this was an introduced exotic 
species of Lottiidae not yet recorded from the 
Mediterranean. Our molecular investigations are 
still ongoing, but here we report the occurrence of 
this newly introduced species and present shell, 
radula, and morphological evidence for our as- 
signment to Lottiidae, and tentatively to the genus 
Lottia Gray, 1833. 

True limpets are assigned to Patellogastropoda 
Lindberg, 1986, whose members have a different 
shell geometry and microstructure and morpholo- 


gical distinctions in gills, pericardial structure, and 
alimentary system (reviewed by Lindberg, 1988). 
Most authorities now follow Ponder & Lindberg 
(1996; 1997) in considering patellogastropods a 
monophyletic taxon that is either sister taxon to all 
other extant gastropods (e.g., Lindberg, 1998) or is 
at least a distinctive clade of gastropods whose 
higher phylogenetic position has been somewhat 
unstable in molecular analyses (Nakano & Sasaki, 
2011; Zapata et al., 2014). Within patellogastro- 
pods, Patellidae is characterized by an anti-tropical 
distribution (Koufopanou et al., 1999) and this 
family has been considered the monophyletic sis- 
ter taxon of all other extant patellogastropods 
(Lindberg, 1988; Lindberg & Hedegaard, 1996) or 
as sister taxon to all other patellogastropods except 
for Eoacmaeidae Nakano & Ozawa, 2007 (ibid.). 
Although patellogastropods exhibit more variation 


288 


Danilo Scuderi & Douglas J. Eernisse 


in shell micro structure than all other gastropods 
combined (MacClintock, 1967; Lindberg, 1988), 
shell microstructure itself is known to be subject to 
phenotypic plasticity (Lindberg, 1998; Gilman, 
2007) so is not an infallible indicator of phylogen- 
etic affinity and this complicates the assignment of 
limpet fossil shells to extant families. 

One of the most interesting aspects of the evolu- 
tionary history of patellogastropods is the striking 
restriction of different families to specific geo- 
graphic regions (Powell, 1973; Lindberg, 1986; 
Lindberg, 1988; Koufopanou et al., 1999; Nakano 
& Ozawa, 2007; Reisser et al., 2012). Radiations of 
particular genera of limpets have been surprisingly 
restricted to particular ocean basins, probably 
reflecting the relatively short planktonic duration of 
the typically lecithotrophic larval stage of limpet 
genera that have been studied (Amio, 1963; Rao, 
1975; Wanninger et al., 1999; Wanninger, Ruthen- 
steiner & Haszpmnar, 2000; Kay & Emlet, 2002; 
earlier references therein). The first known long- 
distance introduction of a patellogastropod is 
documented by Nakano & Espinoza (2010), who 
reported for the W- Africa a new alien Cellana from 
the Indian Ocean. 

The northeastern Atlantic and Mediterranean is 
dominated by Patellidae, with Lottidae represented 
by only two species, of which only Tectura virginea 
(Muller O.F., 1776) is inside the Mediterranean 
(Koufopanou et al., 1999). Conversely, the North 
Pacific is dominated by numerous species of 
Lottiidae, with only a single Patellidae species, the 
nearly extinct giant, Scutellastra mexicana 
(Broderip et G.B. Sowerby I, 1829), restricted to 
the vicinity of the Gulf of California, Mexico. 

Patellogastropod taxonomy is confounded by 
the relatively simple shell geometry, convergent 
shell shape and sculpturing and impressive pheno- 
typic plasticity. This has produced a confusing 
history of generic names first proposed to be geo- 
graphical widespread, and later re-evaluated as 
groupings based on only superficial similarity. Even 
within species there can be striking variation. For 
example, there are many known cases of pheno- 
typic plasticity that correspond to ecotypes char- 
acteristic of particular microhabitats or host asso- 
ciations. These can further confound identifications 
that are based only on shell morphology. 

Seven families currently compose Patellogast- 
ropoda: Acmaeidae, Eoacmaeidae, Lepetidae, Lot- 


tiidae, Nacellidae, Patellidae and Pectinodontidae 
(Nakano & Sasaki, 2011). 

In European waters two species of Lottiidae are 
reported (CLEMAM, 2016): Tectura virginea and 
Lottia testudinalis (Muller O.F.,1776). Both were 
previously assigned to Acmaea Eschscholtz, 1833 
but this genus and the family, Acmaeidae, is now 
restricted to relatively few North Pacific species. 
Instead, these two species are currently assigned to 
Lottiidae. Tectura virginea, the type species of 
Tectura Gray, 1847, appears to be a highly diver- 
gent monotypic lineage that has little to do with 
other Lottiidae species (Eernisse, unpublished). 
Lottia testudinalis has often been incorrectly re- 
ferred to the genus Tectura but this species also 
occurs in the North Pacific (Lindberg, 1979) and is 
closely related to multiple other Lottia species 
there, based on mitochondrial DNA evidence (D.J. 
Eernisse, unpublished). Because all of its close 
relatives are also found in the North Pacific, this im- 
plies a geologically recent invasion of this species 
to the North Atlantic through the Arctic Ocean. 

In the Mediterranean, there is also one alien 
species of Cellanidae, Cellana rota (Gmelin, 1791), 
which is somewhat similar to Lottiidae in general 
shell characters. However, besides the shell and 
anatomical differences associated with limpets in 
this family when compared with Lottiidae, C. rota 
is common only along the extreme eastern coasts of 
the Mediterranean. 

Here we report for the first time the discovery 
of a species of Lottia in the Mediterranean. The new 
alien species was assigned to Lottiidae on account 
of the presence of a single ctenidium (compared 
with none in Patellidae), the absence of the 
rachidian tooth in the radula and reduction of the 
marginal. The population of this new alien species 
seems well established along the eastern rocky- 
shore of Sicily in the vicinity of Catania. We suspect 
that the present finding is due to a human-mediated 
introduction because this relatively striking species 
was never reported previously anywhere in the 
Mediterranean. Whether this species has entered 
through one of the two most important alloch- 
thonous species entrances, the Strait of Gibraltar or 
the Suez Canal, is unknown. 

Because of the difficulties inherent in the iden- 
tification of lottiid species and because the family 
is still poorly known in many parts of the world, the 
geographical origin of the Mediterranean invader is 


A new alien limpet for the Mediterranean: Lottia sp. (Patellogastropoda Lottiidae) 


289 


unfortunately still unknown. Our attempts to use 
existing literature on Lottiidae to identify this 
species confidently has been problematic. There 
are some other morphologically similar species 
found in the Caribbean, Eastern Pacific, Japan, and 
Oceania, but we have so far found contrary evid- 
ence discounting each of the species known to 
us from these regions as a satisfactory match. 
Although our identification to species is still in 
doubt, we suspect that our ongoing activities to 
undertake DNA sequencing could at least help 
narrow our identification to a specific species group 
and geographic region. One of us (DJE) has ob- 
served that Lottiidae species tend to cluster together 
in regional monophyletic groupings (D.J. Eernisse, 
unpublished observation), so sequences could help 
reveal where to look. For all these reasons and 
because the radula features have allowed us to make 
a tentative generic assignment, we refer to the new 
alien Lottiidae for now simply as Lottia sp., await- 
ing sequencing of other studies for a more precise 
identification. 

ABBREVIATIONS. DEC: Douglas Eernisse 
collection (California, USA); DSC: Danilo Scuderi 
collection (Catania, Italy); HMC: Henk Mienis 
Collection (Tel Aviv, Israel). 

MATERIAL AND METHODS 

After the finding of a single unrecognized 
limpet shell near the southern branch of the har- 
bour of Catania, Sicily, a more thorough sampling 
was undertaken between the harbour of Catania to 
the rocky artificial substrates of Messina, almost 
150 km away from Catania. We only found this 
species of Lottia in localities close to Catania, 
within about 5 km from the harbour. Two col- 
lecting methods were followed: collection of 
specimens by hand from the rocky substrates in the 
intertidal environment and a visual census method 
without removing specimens from the substrate. 
The hand-collected material yielded 55 living 
specimens between January and August 2015 
(DSC and DEC), while almost 150 specimens were 
observed with the visual census sampling during 
the same period. Representative specimen vouch- 
ers will be deposited in appropriate museums fol- 
lowing our ongoing molecular studies. 


For morphological analysis, shells were meas- 
ured and shell shape was studied after removing 
the soft body from each specimen’s shell. Radular 
composition as well as the external soft body parts 
were observed with a stereoscope and documented 
by photographs and drawings. Some individuals 
were preserved in ethanol and the related shells 
were numbered, photographed, and separately 
process or stored for ongoing DNA studies. Some 
shells of C. rota from Israel (HMC) were studied 
for comparisons. 

RESULTS 

Lottia Gray, 1833 

Type species: Lottia gigantea Sowerby, 1834 

Lottia sp. 

Examined material. Catania, eastern coast of 
Sicily, 30 living specimens, intertidal breakwater of 
the harbour and 15 living specimens along the 
northern rocky shore of the city (DSC). 

Description. Medium size: typical length 16 
mm, height 5 mm (maximum 18.2 mm length and 
7.0 mm height). Shell patelliform, relatively flat but 
some what conical, moderately solid (Figs. 1-8). 
Profile medium-high, aperture oval. Anterior slope 
slightly concave, not very steep; apex in the anterior 
third (Fig. 8). Dorsal sculpture has about 35-45 
major ribs, almost flat, each alternated by 2-4 nar- 
rower and not very marked ribs (Fig. 9). Numerous 
concentric growth lines can be detected between 
ribs, more marked on young shells. A few nodules 
are sometimes present on uneroded shells at the 
intersections of ribs. External colour cream with 
dark radial lines (Figs. 1-3). Internal side shiny, 
opalescent, not metallic as in Patellidae, with inter- 
mediate area pale cream to azure, almost ochre to 
dark brown on the central area (Fig. 4). The external 
dark lines become visible through the otherwise 
translucent shell toward the margin, where a dark 
marginal band, alternated with whitish stains, 
encircles the aperture (Fig. 4). 

Foot round and whitish (Fig. 10); attachment 
muscles whitish with few dark stains. A single 
ctenidium is found in the nuchal portion of the 
mantle cavity (Fig. 12), and there is no branchial 
cordon (secondary gill) as found in some other 
patellogastropods. Mouth and lateral side of ceph- 


290 


Danilo Scuderi & Douglas J. Eernisse 


alic tentacles orange but otherwise white (Fig. 11). 
Snout and head pale purplish (Fig. 11). External 
side of the edge of mantle yellowish, internal side 
pale but bright green (Fig. 13). Marginal mantle 
tentacles short and fine, about 0.2 mm in length, 
numerous (Fig. 13). Radula with one pair of uncini 
per row (Fig. 14); first lateral teeth pointed, second 
lateral teeth broad and rounded, third lateral teeth 
slightly reduced and rounded; ribbon segment 
almost elongated (Figs. 14-15). 

Variability. Size of shell ranges froml5 to 18 
mm in length, 12-16 mm wide and 4 to 7 mm high. 
Colour variations of dorsal shell surface usually 
with whitish striped by dark radial lines, sometimes 
coalescing to form mottled markings (Figs. 3, 6), to 
almost uniformly dark (Fig. 5). Internal central area 
can be uniformly whitish (Fig. 7) or completely 
brown-black (Fig. 5, left). The continuous band 
along the internal margin of the shell can be uni- 
formly dark (Fig. 5, right), or rarely the entire spe- 
cimen is whitish with a few brown strips (Fig. 6). 
Sculpture can be faint or eroded in some specimens. 

Distribution. In the Mediterranean the species 
is known only from the above-mentioned material, 
representing the first record for this basin. The ori- 
ginal geographical distribution remains unknown 
pending successful identification. 

DISCUSSION 

Based on the reported variation from the liter- 
ature of morphological characters of the shell, 
external soft parts, and radula of Mediterranean 
patellogastropod species, we identified this newly 
discovered species as not only distinct from any of 
the known limpet species, but also as a member of 
a family, Lottiidae, which is nearly absent from the 
region. However, this left the challenge of a specific 
identification of this species, and members of Lot- 
tiidae worldwide are still poorly known and their 
taxonomy is notorious for its difficulty. At a higher 
level, they are especially distinguished by the 
presence or absence of a primary ctenidium or ac- 
cessory (secondary) gill-like structures between the 
mantle edge and the foot known as a branchial cor- 
don, characteristic layers of their shell, and radular 
tooth arrangement. Lottiidae have a ctenidium and 
generally lack secondary gills, among other fea- 


tures. At a species level, members of Lottidae are 
distinguished by their shape including position of 
the apex and lateral profile, fine details of their shell 
sculpture, their shell colour to some extent, their 
radular teeth arrangement, and characteristics (in- 
cluding colour) of external soft parts, although 
poorly documented for most species. Intraspecific 
variability for the characters mentioned is known. 
In order to identifythis exotic species, we focused 
our studies on the group of Lottiidae characterized 
by a subcentral (only slightly antertior) apex, 
broadly oval profile, weak but definite rib sculptur- 
ing, shells drab with long dark stripes, whitish 
animals almost entirely lacking pigmentation 
except for parts of the head, and radula with almost 
elongated lateral teeth. 

Following here are species to which the Medi- 
terranean alien limpet, tentatively identified as a 
Lottia, has been compared. We have focused on 
Lottia species of medium size with sculpture, if not 
eroded, with major ribs that often are interspersed 
with up to two minor ribs, apex subcentral, with 
straight anterior slope, papillae extending distally 
from mantle attachment to shell small, fine, short, 
and well spaced compared to many other members 
of the genus; colouration of shell with alternating 
whitish and dark radial stripes. The only European 
species which shows only slight resemblance 
to the Mediterranean invader Lottia sp. is L. tes- 
tudinalis, a cold-water circumboreal species, dis- 
tributed between the northern part of the United 
Kingdom, the northwestern Atlantic as far south as 
about Cape Cod, and also known from subtidal 
depths off the Aleutian Islands, Alaska, in the 
northern Pacific Ocean (Lindberg, 1979). But the 
apex of L. testudinalis is more central, and the 
species found on Sicilian shores lacks its numerous 
finely beaded riblets. The living animal of L. tes- 
tudinalis , which is known only from the cooler 
waters of higher latitudes, also seems more deep 
yellow in colour, and the radular teeth are differ- 
ently arranged. Plus, its habitat is different; it does 
not occur in the subtidal and has not been observed 
on seaweeds, unlike L. testudinalis. 

Among the many northeastern Pacific Lottiidae 
species, the only one with similar features including 
ribs is L. pelta (Rathke, 1 833), and the “brown” and 
“coralline” forms are in particular somewhat similar 
(Lindberg, 1981). But compared to the Mediter- 
ranean invader, L. pelta has broader and knobbier 


A new alien limpet for the Mediterranean: Lottia sp. (Patellogastropoda Lottiidae) 


291 



Figs. 1-15. Lottia sp., Catania, Sicily. Fig. 1: dorsal view of the shell (length 18.2 mm), harbour of Catania. Figs. 2-4: San 
Giovanni Li Cuti, Catania; dorsal view of the shell, length 15.1 and 13.2 mm Figs. 2, 3); internal side of the shell (Fig. 4). 
Fig. 5: entirely blackish specimen (length 15.0 mm), San Giovanni Li Cuti, Catania. Fig. 6: paler specimen with mottled 
dark drawings (length 12.8 mm), harbour of Catania. Fig. 7: internal side of a specimen with whitish central area (length 
16.8 mm), harbour of Catania. Figs. 8-14: San Giovanni Li Cuti, Catania; lateral view of the shell (Fig. 8); detail of the 
shell sculpture, length 16.8 mm (Fig. 9); ventral view of a living specimen, length 15.0 mm (Fig. 10); lateral view of a 
living specimen (Fig. 11); detail of the ctenidium (red arrow) (Fig. 12); detail of the edge of mantle, with mantle tentacles 
(Fig. 13); radular teeth in dorsal view (right) and in slightly tilted view (left) to show uncini (u) (Fig. 14); Fig. 15: drawing 
of radular teeth (fit: first lateral tooth; sit: second lateral tooth; tit: third lateral tooth; u: uncini). 



292 


Danilo Scuderi & Douglas J. Eernisse 


ribs, which deform the shell margin with weak scal- 
loping. True ribs are also present in Lottia gigantea 
(Sowerby, 1834), but this species is completely 
different, for example with an anterior apex and 
completely different colouring of the living animal, 
with black head, tentacles and margin of foot. Many 
of the other members of Lottia differ in having fine 
riblets (not ribs) and different radula arrangement. 
One of us (DJE) is familiar with most of the East 
and North Pacific species and none of the species 
there seems to match it well. 

Western Atlantic species share with the Medi- 
terranean alien species more similar characters in 
dimensions, shell, external soft parts and radular 
morphology. Compared to the Mediterranean Lottia 
spp., L. subrugosa (d'Orbigny, 1846) is the most 
similar among Western Atlantic species, common 
along the Brazilian coasts, south to Uruguay. The 
size, colour and apex position of the shell seem to 
be similar to the Mediterranean alien species. But, 
judging from the original description of the species 
the shell sculpture seems somewhat different, 
characterized by large flattened axial ridges, which 
give the margin of the shell a winding outline. 
Compared to the description and pictures by Righi 
(1966), the radular teeth seem arranged in the same 
way. Two other species that are similar to L. sub- 
rugosa, L. noronhensis (E.A. Smith, 1890) and L. 
marcusi (Righi, 1966), also seem unlikely because 
of their extremely restricted geographical distribu- 
tion, i.e. the Island of Fernando de Norona Brasil, 
and that of Trinidad, respectively. Other similar 
Western Atlantic species are L. jamaicensis (Gmelin, 
1791) and L. leucopleura (Gmelin, 1791), which 
however are characterized by more robust and 
prominent ribs. Another undetermined Atlantic 
species, called Lottia morph B, is reported from 
Nevis, Leeward Islands (Caribbean) (Hewitt, 2008), 
and resembles the Mediterranean invader in general 
shape, but is characterized by numerous and almost 
equally thin riblets on the shell. 

Species of the western Pacific regions, including 
Australia, New Zealand, and southeastern Asia, 
were compared with available literature, but no 
close matches were found to the alien Mediter- 
ranean species. For example, Notoacmea corro- 
denda (May, 1920) is perhaps the most similar of 
these in shell morphology, but differs in its more 
flattened shell, smaller size, coarser sculpture, and 
different radular tooth arrangement. 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

Roland Houart (Belgium) is thanked for the 
bibliographic help and Henk K. Mienis of Tel Aviv 
University (Israel) for sending biological material 
and useful comments on Eastern Mediterranean 
molluscan invaders. We are grateful to David 
R. Lindberg (Professor Emeritus, University of 
California) for his input on the systematic place- 
ment of the new invader species. This contribution 
was made with the support of the Department of 
Biological Science at California State University 
Fullerton and funding from the National Science 
Foundation (DEB- 1355230 to D.J. Eemisse). 

REFERENCES 

Amio M., 1963. A comparative embryology of marine 
gastropods, with ecological considerations. Journal 
of Shimonoseki University Fisheries, 12: 229-358. 
CLEMAM, last consultation on April 03 2016: 

http://www.somali.asso.fr/clemam/biotaxis.php 
Gilman S.E., 2007. Shell Microstructure of the Patellid 
Gastropod Collisella scabra (Gould): Ecological and 
phylogenetic Implications. Veliger, 48: 235-242. 
Hewitt, S., 2008. The shallow- water Patellogastropoda 
(true limpets) of the Island of Nevis, Leeward Is- 
lands, West Indies. The Festivus, 41: 1-6. 

Kay M.C. & Emlet R.B., 2002. Laboratory spawning, 
larval development, and metamorphosis of the lim- 
pets Lottia digitalis and Lottia asmi (Patellogastro- 
poda, Lottiidae). Invertebrate Biology, 121: 11-24. 
Koufopanou V., Reid D.G, Ridgway S.A. & Thomas 
R.H., 1999. A molecular phylogeny of the patellid 
limpets (Gastropoda: Patellidae) and its implications 
for the origins of their antitropical distribution. Mo- 
lecular Phylogenetics and Evolution, 11: 138-156. 
Lindberg D.R., 1979. Variations in the limpet, Collisella 
ochracea, and the northeastern Pacific distribution of 
Notoacmea testudinalis (Acmaeidae). Nautilus, 93: 
50-56. 

Lindberg D.R., 1981. Rhodopetalinae, a new subfamily 
of Acmaeidae from the boreal Pacific: anatomy and 
systematics. Malacologia, 20: 291-305. 

Lindberg D.R., 1986. Name changes in the “Acmaeidae”. 
Veliger, 29: 142-148. 

Lindberg D.R., 1988. The Patellogastropoda. Malacolo- 
gical Review, Supplement, 4: 35-63. 

Lindberg D.R., 1998. Order Patellogastropoda. In Mol- 
lusca: The Southern Synthesis. Vol. 5. Fauna of Aus- 
tralia (Part B). Beesley P.L., Ross G.J.B. & Wells A. 
(Eds.). Melbourne: CSIRO Publishing, 639-652. 


A new alien limpet for the Mediterranean: Lottia sp. (Patellogastropoda Lottiidae) 


293 


Lindberg D.R. & Hedegaard C., 1996. A deep-water pa- 
tellogastropod from Oligocene water-logged wood of 
Washington State, USA(Acmaeoidea: Pectinodonta). 
Journal of Molluscan Studies, 62: 299-314. 

MacClintock C.,1967. Shell structure of patelloid and 
bellerophontid gastropods (Mollusca). Bulletin of the 
Peabody Museum of Natural History, 22: 1-140. 

Nakano T. & Espinosa F., 2010. New alien species in the 
Atlantic? Marine Biodiversity Records, 3: 39. 

Nakano T. & Ozawa T., 2007. Worldwide phylogeogra- 
phy of limpets of the order Patellogastropoda: mole- 
cular, morphological and palaeontological evidence. 
Journal of Molluscan Studies, 73: 79-99. 

Nakano T. & Sasaki T., 2011. Recent advances in mole- 
cular phylogeny, systematics and evolution of patel- 
logastropod limpets. Journal of Molluscan Studies, 
77: 203-217. 

Ponder W.F. & Findberg D.R., 1996. Gastropod phylo- 
geny-challenges for the 90s. In: Taylor J.D. (Ed.), 
Origin and Evolutionary radiation of the Mollusca. 
Oxford University press, Oxford, 135-154. 

Ponder W.F. & Findberg D.R., 1997. Towards a phylo- 
geny of gastropods molluscs: an analysis using mor- 
phological characters. Zoological Journal of Linnean 
Society, 119: 83-265. 

Powell A.W.B., 1973. The patellid limpets of the world 
(Patellidae). Indo-Pacific Mollusca, 3: 75-206. 


Rao M.B., 1975. Some observations on the spawning be- 
haviour and larval development in the limpet, Cel- 
lana radiata (Born) (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia). 
Hydrobiologia, 47: 265-272. 

Reisser C.M.O., Marshall B.A. & Gardner J.P.A., 2012. 
A morphometric approach supporting genetic results 
in the taxonomy of the New Zealand limpets of the Cel- 
lana strigilis complex (Mollusca: Patellogastropoda: 
Nacellidae). Invertebrate Systematics, 26:193-203. 

Righi G., 1966. On the brazilian species in the Acmaea 
subrugosa complex (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia: Pa- 
tellacea). Malacologia, 4: 239-295. 

Wanninger A., Ruthensteiner B., Fobenwein S., Salven- 
moser W., Dictus W.J.A.G. & Haszprunar, G., 1999. 
Development of the musculature in the limpet Patella 
(Mollusca, Patellogastropoda). Development Genes 
and Evolution 209: 226-238. 

Wanninger A., Ruthensteiner B. & Haszprunar G., 2000. 
Torsion in Patella caerulea (Mollusca, Patellogastro- 
poda): ontogenetic process, timing, and mechanisms. 
Invertebrate Biology, 119: 59-67. 

Zapata F., Wilson N.G., Howison M., Andrade S.C.S., 
Jorger K.M., Schrodl M., Goetz F.E., Giribet G. & 
Dunn C.W., 2014. Phylogenomic analyses of deep 
gastropod relationships reject Orthogastropoda. Pro- 
ceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 
281 (1794): 20141739.